target.cfg: remove "-work-area-virt 0"
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * Upgrading:: Deprecated/Removed Commands
85 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
86 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
87 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
88
89 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
90 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
91 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
92 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
93 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
94 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
95 @end menu
96
97 @node About
98 @unnumbered About
99 @cindex about
100
101 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
102 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
103 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
104 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
105 around the world.
106
107 @section What is OpenOCD?
108 @cindex TAP
109 @cindex JTAG
110
111 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
112 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
113 devices.
114
115 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
116 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
117 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
118 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
119 between chips and boards.
120
121 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
122 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
123 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
124
125 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
126 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
127 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
128 debugged via the GDB protocol.
129
130 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
131 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
132 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
133 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
134 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
135
136 @section OpenOCD Web Site
137
138 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
139
140 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
141
142 @section Latest User's Guide:
143
144 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
145 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
146 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
147
148 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
149
150 PDF form is likewise published at:
151
152 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
153
154 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
155
156 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun:
157
158 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
159
160
161 @node Developers
162 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
163 @cindex developers
164
165 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
166 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
167 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
168 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
169
170 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
171 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
172
173 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
174
175 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
176 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
177
178 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
179
180 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
181
182 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
183
184 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
185 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
186 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
187 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
188 needing a GIT client:
189
190 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
191
192 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
193
194 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
195 from the repository or a snapshot.
196
197 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
198 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
199 Patches created against older versions may require additional
200 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
201
202 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
203
204 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
205 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
206 technical information about the software internals, development
207 processes, and similar documentation:
208
209 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
210
211 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
212 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
213 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
214
215 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
216
217 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
218 communication between developers:
219
220 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
221
222 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
223 The @file{PATCHES} file contains basic information about how
224 to prepare patches.
225
226
227 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
228 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
229 @cindex dongles
230 @cindex FTDI
231 @cindex wiggler
232 @cindex zy1000
233 @cindex printer port
234 @cindex USB Adapter
235 @cindex RTCK
236
237 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
238 an adapter .... [snip]
239
240 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
241 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
242 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
243 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
244 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
245 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
246 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
247
248
249 @section Choosing a Dongle
250
251 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
252
253 @enumerate
254 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
255 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
256 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
257 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
258 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
259 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
260 Ethernet port needed?
261 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
262 @end enumerate
263
264 @section Stand alone Systems
265
266 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
267 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
268 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
269 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
270 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
271
272 @section USB FT2232 Based
273
274 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
275 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
276 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
277 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
278 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
279 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
280
281 @itemize @bullet
282 @item @b{usbjtag}
283 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
284 @item @b{jtagkey}
285 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
286 @item @b{jtagkey2}
287 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
288 @item @b{oocdlink}
289 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
290 @item @b{signalyzer}
291 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
292 @item @b{evb_lm3s811}
293 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris LM3S811 eval board has an FTD2232C chip built in.
294 @item @b{luminary_icdi}
295 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board, included in the Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92 Evaluation Kits.
296 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
297 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
298 @item @b{flyswatter}
299 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
300 @item @b{turtelizer2}
301 @* See:
302 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
303 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
304 @item @b{comstick}
305 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
306 @item @b{stm32stick}
307 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
308 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
309 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
310 @item @b{cortino}
311 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
312 @end itemize
313
314 @section USB JLINK based
315 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
316 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
317 AT91SAM764 internally.
318
319 @itemize @bullet
320 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
321 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
322 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
323 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
324 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
325 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
326 @end itemize
327
328 @section USB RLINK based
329 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
330
331 @itemize @bullet
332 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
333 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
334 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
335 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
336 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
337 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
338 @end itemize
339
340 @section USB Other
341 @itemize @bullet
342 @item @b{USBprog}
343 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
344
345 @item @b{USB - Presto}
346 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
347
348 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
349 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
350
351 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
352 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
353 @end itemize
354
355 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
356
357 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
358 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
359 these on the market.
360
361 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
362 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
363 of USB-based ones.
364
365 @itemize @bullet
366
367 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
369
370 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
371 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
372 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
373
374 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
375 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
376
377 @item @b{GW16402}
378 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
379
380 @item @b{Wiggler2}
381 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
382 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
383
384 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
385 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
386
387 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
388 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
389
390 @item @b{arm-jtag}
391 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
392
393 @item @b{chameleon}
394 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
395
396 @item @b{Triton}
397 @* Unknown.
398
399 @item @b{Lattice}
400 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
401 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
402
403 @item @b{flashlink}
404 @* From ST Microsystems;
405 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
406 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
407
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section Other...
411 @itemize @bullet
412
413 @item @b{ep93xx}
414 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
415
416 @item @b{at91rm9200}
417 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
418
419 @end itemize
420
421 @node About JIM-Tcl
422 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
423 @cindex JIM Tcl
424 @cindex tcl
425
426 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
427 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
428 command interpreter.
429
430 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
431 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
432 much of anything about Tcl.
433 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
434
435 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
436
437 @itemize @bullet
438 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
439 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
440 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
441 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
442 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
443 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
444
445 @item @b{Missing Features}
446 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
447 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
448
449 @item @b{Scripts}
450 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
451 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
452 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
453
454 @item @b{Commands}
455 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
456 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
457 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
458 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
459
460 @item @b{Historical Note}
461 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
462
463 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
464 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
465 @end itemize
466
467 @node Running
468 @chapter Running
469 @cindex command line options
470 @cindex logfile
471 @cindex directory search
472
473 The @option{--help} option shows:
474 @verbatim
475 bash$ openocd --help
476
477 --help | -h display this help
478 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
479 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
480 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
481 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
482 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
483 --command | -c run <command>
484 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
485 @end verbatim
486
487 By default OpenOCD reads the file configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}
488 in the current directory. To specify a different (or multiple)
489 configuration file, you can use the ``-f'' option. For example:
490
491 @example
492 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
493 @end example
494
495 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
496 on the command line or in @file{openocd.cfg}.
497 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
498 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
499 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
500 ensure that this always succeeds.
501 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
502 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
503 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
504 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
505
506 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
507 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
508 those channels.
509
510 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
511 the ``-d'' option.
512
513 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
514 @option{-c} command line switch.
515
516 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
517 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
518 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
519 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
520 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
521 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
522 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
523
524 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
525 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
526
527 Search paths for config/script files can be added to OpenOCD by using
528 the @option{-s <search>} switch. The current directory and the OpenOCD
529 target library is in the search path by default.
530
531 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
532
533 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
534 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
535 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
536 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
537
538 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
539 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
540
541 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
542 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
543 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
544 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
545 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
546
547 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
548
549 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
550 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
551 and a USB cable on the other.
552 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
553 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
554
555 @enumerate
556 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
557 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
558 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
559 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
560 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
561 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
562 debugging host.
563
564 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
565 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
566 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
567 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
568 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
569
570 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
571 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
572 with 1.2 Volt boards.
573
574 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
575 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
576 ways to connect the cable.
577 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
578 Be sure it's firmly connected.
579
580 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
581 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
582 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
583 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
584 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
585 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
586 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
587 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
588
589 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
590 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
591 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
592 but are tedious to set up.
593 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
594 adapter signals to the right board pins.
595
596 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
597 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
598 you are using to run OpenOCD.
599 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
600
601 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
602 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter?
603
604 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
605 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
606 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
607
608 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
609 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
610 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
611 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
612
613 @end enumerate
614
615 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
616 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
617 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
618
619 @section Project Directory
620
621 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
622
623 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
624 single directory for your work with a given board.
625 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
626 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
627 and for code you upload to the target board.
628 It is also the natural place to write files,
629 such as log files and data you download from the board.
630
631 @section Configuration Basics
632
633 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
634 a variety of ways you can mix them.
635 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
636
637 @itemize
638 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
639 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
640 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
641 @end itemize
642
643 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
644 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
645 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
646
647 @example
648 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
649
650 # GDB can also flash my flash!
651 gdb_memory_map enable
652 gdb_flash_program enable
653
654 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
655 @end example
656
657 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
658
659 @example
660 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
661 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
662 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
663 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
664 @end example
665
666 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
667 each supporting a different development task.
668 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
669 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
670
671 @quotation Important
672 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
673 problems with how it treats variables.
674 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
675 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
676 that can be tested in a later script.
677 @end quotation
678
679 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
680 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
681 to simplify your work.
682
683 @section User Config Files
684 @cindex config file, user
685 @cindex user config file
686 @cindex config file, overview
687
688 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
689 in one place.
690 One of the following will match your situation best:
691
692 @itemize
693 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
694 provided by someone else.
695 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
696 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
697 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
698 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
699 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
700 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
701
702 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
703 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
704
705 @enumerate
706 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
707 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
708 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
709 @end enumerate
710
711 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
712 The first is an interface config file.
713 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
714 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
715 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
716 meet your deadline:
717
718 @example
719 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
720 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
721 @end example
722
723 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
724 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
725 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
726 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
727
728 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
729 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
730 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
731 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
732 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
733 @xref{Autoprobing}.
734
735 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
736 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
737 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
738 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
739
740 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
741 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
742 giving access to your particular flash chips.
743 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
744 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
745
746 @quotation Note
747 When you write new configuration files, please submit
748 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
749 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
750 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
751 will help support users of any board using that chip.
752 @end quotation
753
754 @item
755 You may may need to write some C code.
756 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
757 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
758 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
759 a new chip architecture.
760 @end itemize
761
762 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
763 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
764 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
765
766 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
767 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
768 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
769 @itemize
770
771 @item
772 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
773 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
774 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
775 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
776
777 @item
778 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
779 @cindex vector_catch
780 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
781 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
782 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
783 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
784 along with messaging and tracing setup.
785 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
786
787 @item
788 You might need to override some defaults.
789 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
790 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
791
792 @item
793 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
794 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
795 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
796 @end itemize
797
798 @section Project-Specific Utilities
799
800 A few project-specific utility
801 routines may well speed up your work.
802 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
803
804 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
805 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
806 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
807 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
808 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
809 may help:
810
811 @example
812 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
813 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
814 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
815 # Leave the CPU halted.
816 reset init
817
818 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
819 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
820
821 # Start running.
822 resume 0x20000000
823 @}
824 @end example
825
826 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
827 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
828 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
829 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
830 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
831
832 @example
833 proc newboot @{ @} @{
834 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
835 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
836 # "reset halt" would be slower.
837 reset init
838
839 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
840 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
841 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
842 flash protect 0 0 1 off
843 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
844 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
845 flash protect 0 0 1 on
846
847 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
848 reset run
849 @}
850 @end example
851
852 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
853 from NAND.
854 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
855 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
856 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
857
858 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
859 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
860
861 @section Target Software Changes
862
863 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
864 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
865 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
866 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
867 handling issues like:
868
869 @itemize @bullet
870
871 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
872 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
873 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
874 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
875 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
876
877 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
878 or otherwise prevent using that state,
879 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.
880 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
881 work for an idle processor otherwise.
882
883 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
884 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
885 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
886 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
887 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
888
889 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
890 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
891 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
892 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
893 early code execution can be debugged
894 or firmware can be replaced.
895
896 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
897 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
898 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
899 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
900 operations like writing to memory.)
901
902 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
903 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
904 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
905 various kinds of message.
906 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
907
908 @end itemize
909
910 @node Config File Guidelines
911 @chapter Config File Guidelines
912
913 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
914 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
915 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
916 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
917
918 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
919 with files including the ones listed here.
920 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
921 @itemize @bullet
922 @item @file{interface} ...
923 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
924 @example
925 $ ls interface
926 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
927 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
928 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
929 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
930 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
931 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
932 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
933 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
934 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
935 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
936 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
937 $
938 @end example
939 @item @file{board} ...
940 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
941 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
942 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
943 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
944 but support for external parts varies widely. For
945 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
946 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
947 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
948 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
949 a CPU and an FPGA.
950 @example
951 $ ls board
952 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
953 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
954 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
955 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
956 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
957 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
958 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
959 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
960 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
961 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
962 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
963 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
964 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
965 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
966 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
967 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
968 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
969 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
970 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
971 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
972 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
973 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
974 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
975 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
976 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
977 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
978 $
979 @end example
980 @item @file{target} ...
981 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
982 on a chip
983 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
984 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
985 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
986 the target config file defines all of them.
987 @example
988 $ ls target
989 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
990 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
991 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
992 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
993 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
994 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
995 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
996 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
997 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
998 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
999 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1000 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1001 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1002 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1003 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1004 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1005 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1006 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1007 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1008 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1009 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1010 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1011 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1012 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1013 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1014 $
1015 @end example
1016 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1017 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1018 @end itemize
1019
1020 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1021 file may override features in any of the above files by
1022 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1023 commands specific to their situation.
1024
1025 @section Interface Config Files
1026
1027 The user config file
1028 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1029
1030 @example
1031 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1032 @end example
1033
1034 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1035 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1036 sole developer who created it.
1037
1038 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1039 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1040 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1041 and need to provide a driver for it.
1042
1043 @section Board Config Files
1044 @cindex config file, board
1045 @cindex board config file
1046
1047 The user config file
1048 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1049
1050 @example
1051 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1052 @end example
1053
1054 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1055 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1056 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1057
1058 @enumerate
1059 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1060 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1061 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1062 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1063 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1064 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1065 @end enumerate
1066
1067 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1068 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1069 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1070 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1071
1072 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1073 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1074 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1075 configuration works.
1076
1077 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1078
1079 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1080 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1081 convention on how to use certain variables.
1082
1083 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1084 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1085 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1086 used at will within a target configuration file.
1087
1088 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1089 for a board with three chips:
1090
1091 @example
1092 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1093 set CHIPNAME network
1094 set ENDIAN big
1095 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1096 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1097 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1098 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1099
1100 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1101 set CHIPNAME video
1102 set ENDIAN little
1103 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1104 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1105 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1106 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1107
1108 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1109 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1110 unset ENDIAN
1111 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1112 @end example
1113
1114 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1115 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1116 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1117 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1118 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1119 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1120 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1121 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1122
1123 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1124 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1125 naming collisions.
1126
1127 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1128 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1129 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1130 up other clocks and peripherals.
1131
1132 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1133 @cindex variable names
1134
1135 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1136 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1137 one such chip (as shown above).
1138 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1139 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1140 to promote consistency and
1141 so that board files can override target defaults.
1142
1143 Inputs to target config files include:
1144
1145 @itemize @bullet
1146 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1147 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1148 tap identifier dotted names.
1149 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1150 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1151 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1152 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1153 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1154 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1155 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1156 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1157 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1158 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1159 @end itemize
1160
1161 Outputs from target config files include:
1162
1163 @itemize @bullet
1164 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1165 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1166 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1167 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1168 specific to that board and that target.
1169 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1170 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1171 @end itemize
1172
1173 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1174 @cindex event, reset-init
1175 @cindex reset-init handler
1176
1177 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1178 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1179 fully set up yet.
1180 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1181 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1182 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1183 handler is one of the most important.
1184
1185 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1186 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1187 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1188 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1189 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1190
1191 @quotation Note
1192 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1193 are included here.
1194 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1195 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1196 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1197 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1198 @end quotation
1199
1200 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1201 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1202 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1203 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1204 those as parameters.
1205 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1206 and disabling the watchdog.
1207 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1208 the next developer doing such work.
1209 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1210
1211 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1212 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1213 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1214 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1215
1216 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1217
1218 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1219 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1220 a low JTAG clock rate.
1221 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1222 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1223 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1224 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1225 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1226 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1227 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1228
1229 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1230 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1231 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1232 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1233 which might be less than that.
1234
1235 @quotation Warning
1236 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1237 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1238 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1239 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1240 @end quotation
1241
1242 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1243 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1244 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1245 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1246 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1247
1248 @section Target Config Files
1249 @cindex config file, target
1250 @cindex target config file
1251
1252 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1253 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1254 more target config files like this:
1255
1256 @example
1257 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1258 @end example
1259
1260 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1261 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1262 In summary the target files should contain
1263
1264 @enumerate
1265 @item Set defaults
1266 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1267 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1268 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1269 @item On-Chip flash
1270 @end enumerate
1271
1272 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1273 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1274 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1275
1276 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1277 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1278 can talk to the chip.
1279 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1280 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1281 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1282 and other processing engines.
1283
1284 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1285
1286 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1287 letting board config files express environment-specific
1288 differences in how things should be set up.
1289
1290 @example
1291 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1292 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1293 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1294 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1295 @} else @{
1296 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1297 @}
1298
1299 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1300 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1301 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1302 @} else @{
1303 set _ENDIAN little
1304 @}
1305
1306 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1307 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1308 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1309 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1310 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1311 @} else @{
1312 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1313 @}
1314 @end example
1315 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1316
1317 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1318 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1319 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1320
1321 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1322 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1323 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1324
1325 @example
1326 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1327 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1328 @end example
1329
1330 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1331 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1332 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1333 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1334 for taps.
1335
1336 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1337 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1338 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1339 looks (in part) like this:
1340
1341 @example
1342 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1343 @end example
1344
1345 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1346 to source such a config file twice, with different
1347 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1348 it adds a different TAP each time.
1349
1350 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1351 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1352 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1353 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1354
1355 @example
1356 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1357 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1358 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1359 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1360 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1361 @end example
1362
1363 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1364 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1365
1366 @itemize
1367 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1368 plus a JRC to enable them
1369 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1370 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1371 is not currently used)
1372 @end itemize
1373
1374 @subsection Add CPU targets
1375
1376 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1377 GDB and other commands can use it.
1378 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1379 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1380 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1381 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1382
1383 @example
1384 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1385 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1386 @end example
1387
1388 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1389 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1390 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1391 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1392 a work area if you can.
1393 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1394
1395 @example
1396 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1397 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1398 @end example
1399
1400 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1401
1402 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1403 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1404 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1405
1406 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1407 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1408 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1409
1410 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1411 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1412 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1413 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1414 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1415 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1416
1417 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1418 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1419 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1420 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1421 slower clock than they will use later.
1422 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1423 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1424 than they will use later.
1425 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1426
1427 @quotation Important
1428 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1429 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1430 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1431 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1432 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1433 @end quotation
1434
1435 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1436
1437 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1438 special high speed download features - enable it.
1439
1440 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1441
1442 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1443 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1444 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1445 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1446 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1447 If you are using an external trace port,
1448 configure it in your board config file.
1449 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1450 configure it in your target config file.
1451
1452 @example
1453 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1454 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1455 @end example
1456
1457 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1458
1459 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1460
1461 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1462 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1463 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1464 the TARGET (chip) file.
1465
1466 Examples:
1467 @itemize @bullet
1468 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1469 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1470 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1471 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1472 @end itemize
1473
1474 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1475 @section Translating Configuration Files
1476 @cindex translation
1477 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1478 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1479 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1480 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1481 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1482 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1483
1484 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1485 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1486 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1487 convert other scripts later on.
1488
1489 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1490 replace job:
1491
1492 @example
1493 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1494 #
1495 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1496 #
1497 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1498 #
1499 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1500
1501 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1502 global TARGETNAME
1503
1504 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1505
1506 arm11 mcr $TARGETNAME 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1507 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1508 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1509 @}
1510 @end example
1511
1512
1513
1514 @node Daemon Configuration
1515 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1516 @cindex initialization
1517 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1518 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1519 supported.
1520
1521 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1522 @section Configuration Stage
1523 @cindex configuration stage
1524 @cindex config command
1525
1526 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1527 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1528 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1529 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1530 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1531 which may be issued interactively.
1532
1533 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1534 flash banks,
1535 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1536 and other basic setup.
1537 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1538 may access or activate TAPs.
1539 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1540 longer be issued.
1541
1542 @section Entering the Run Stage
1543
1544 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1545 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1546 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1547 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1548 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1549 You should see no errors at this point.
1550 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1551 commands you used to configure the server.
1552 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1553 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1554 on the scan chain.
1555
1556 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1557 become available.
1558 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1559 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1560 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1561 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1562 entry to the run stage.
1563
1564 @deffn {Config Command} init
1565 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1566 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1567 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1568 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1569 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1570 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1571
1572 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1573 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1574 configuration files and/or command line options.
1575
1576 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1577 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1578 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1579 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1580 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1581 @end deffn
1582
1583 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1584 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1585 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1586
1587 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1588 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1589 scan chain.
1590 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1591 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1592
1593 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1594 they return.
1595 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1596 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1597 @end deffn
1598
1599 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1600 @section TCP/IP Ports
1601 @cindex TCP port
1602 @cindex server
1603 @cindex port
1604 @cindex security
1605 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1606 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1607 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1608
1609 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1610 access using one or more of these ports.
1611 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1612 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1613 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1614
1615 @deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
1616 @cindex GDB server
1617 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1618 The GDB port for the
1619 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1620 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1621 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1622 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1623 @end deffn
1624
1625 @deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
1626 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1627 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1628 output from the Tcl engine.
1629 Intended as a machine interface.
1630 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1631 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1632 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1633 @end deffn
1634
1635 @deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
1636 Specify or query the
1637 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1638 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1639 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1640 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1641 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1642 @end deffn
1643
1644 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1645 @section GDB Configuration
1646 @cindex GDB
1647 @cindex GDB configuration
1648 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1649 The ones listed here are static and global.
1650 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1651 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1652
1653 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1654 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1655 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1656 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1657 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1658 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1659 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1660 @end deffn
1661
1662 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1663 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1664 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1665 vFlash packet is received.
1666 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1667 @end deffn
1668
1669 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1670 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1671 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1672 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1673 for flash programming to work.
1674 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1675 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1676 @end deffn
1677
1678 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1679 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1680 by GDB memory read packets.
1681 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1682 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1683 @end deffn
1684
1685 @anchor{Event Polling}
1686 @section Event Polling
1687
1688 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1689 where significant events can happen at any time.
1690 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1691 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1692 or to GDB.
1693
1694 Examples of such events include:
1695
1696 @itemize
1697 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1698 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1699 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1700 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1701 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1702 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1703 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1704 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1705 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1706 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1707 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1708 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1709 @end itemize
1710
1711 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1712 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1713 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1714 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1715 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1716
1717 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1718 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1719 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1720 to the various active targets.
1721 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1722 which is normally done in the background.
1723
1724 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1725 Poll the current target for its current state.
1726 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1727 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1728 specific information about the current state is printed.
1729 An optional parameter
1730 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1731
1732 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1733 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1734 @example
1735 > poll
1736 background polling: on
1737 target state: halted
1738 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1739 current mode: Supervisor
1740 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1741 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1742 >
1743 @end example
1744 @end deffn
1745
1746 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1747 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1748 @cindex config file, interface
1749 @cindex interface config file
1750
1751 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1752 through commands in an interface configuration
1753 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1754 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1755
1756 @example
1757 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1758 @end example
1759
1760 These commands tell
1761 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1762 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1763
1764 @example
1765 # jlink interface
1766 interface jlink
1767 @end example
1768
1769 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1770
1771
1772 @section Interface Configuration
1773
1774 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1775 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1776 more additional commands.
1777
1778 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1779 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1780 target.
1781 @end deffn
1782
1783 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1784 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1785 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1786 @end deffn
1787
1788 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1789 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1790 @end deffn
1791
1792 @section Interface Drivers
1793
1794 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1795 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1796 available at run time.
1797
1798 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1799 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1800 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1801 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1802
1803 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1804 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1805 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1806 @end deffn
1807
1808 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1809 Displays status of RTCK option.
1810 Optionally sets that option first.
1811 @end deffn
1812 @end deffn
1813
1814 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1815 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1816 This has one driver-specific command:
1817
1818 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1819 Logs some status
1820 @end deffn
1821 @end deffn
1822
1823 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1824 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1825 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1826 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1827 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1828 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1829 @end deffn
1830
1831 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1832 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1833 @end deffn
1834
1835 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1836 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1837 @end deffn
1838
1839 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1840 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1841 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1842 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1843
1844 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1845 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1846 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1847 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1848 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1849 @end deffn
1850
1851 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1852 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1853 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1854 is connected to the host.
1855 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1856 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1857 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
1858 @end deffn
1859
1860 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
1861 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
1862 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
1863 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
1864 @itemize @minus
1865 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
1866 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
1867 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
1868 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
1869 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
1870 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
1871 @item @b{luminary_icdi} Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board
1872 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
1873 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
1874 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
1875 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
1876 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
1877 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
1878 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
1879 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
1880 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
1881 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
1882 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
1883 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
1884 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
1885 @end itemize
1886 @end deffn
1887
1888 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
1889 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
1890 default values are used.
1891 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
1892 @example
1893 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
1894 @end example
1895 @end deffn
1896
1897 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
1898 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
1899 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
1900 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
1901 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
1902 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
1903 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
1904 @end deffn
1905
1906 For example, the interface config file for a
1907 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
1908
1909 @example
1910 interface ft2232
1911 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
1912 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
1913 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
1914 @end example
1915 @end deffn
1916
1917 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
1918 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
1919 This has one driver-specific command:
1920
1921 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1922 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1923 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1924 @end deffn
1925 @end deffn
1926
1927 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
1928 Segger jlink USB adapter
1929 @c command: jlink_info
1930 @c dumps status
1931 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
1932 @c sets version 2 or 3
1933 @end deffn
1934
1935 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
1936 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
1937 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
1938 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1939 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1940
1941 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
1942 The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
1943 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
1944
1945 @itemize @minus
1946 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
1947 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
1948 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
1949 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
1950 in configuration mode. This is only used to
1951 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
1952 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
1953 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
1954 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
1955 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
1956 some versions of
1957 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
1958 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
1959 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
1960 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
1961 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
1962 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
1963 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
1964 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
1965 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
1966 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
1967 @end itemize
1968 @end deffn
1969
1970 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1971 Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
1972 the @file{/dev/parport} device
1973
1974 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
1975 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
1976 you may encounter a problem.
1977 @end deffn
1978
1979 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
1980 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
1981 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
1982 @end deffn
1983
1984 For example, the interface configuration file for a
1985 classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
1986
1987 @example
1988 interface parport
1989 parport_port 0xc8b8
1990 parport_cable wiggler
1991 @end example
1992 @end deffn
1993
1994 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
1995 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
1996 @c command: presto_serial str
1997 @c sets serial number
1998 @end deffn
1999
2000 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2001 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2002 @end deffn
2003
2004 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2005 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2006 @end deffn
2007
2008 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2009 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2010
2011 @quotation Note
2012 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2013 which are not currently documented here.
2014 @end quotation
2015 @end deffn
2016
2017 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2018 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2019
2020 @quotation Note
2021 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2022 which are not currently documented here.
2023 @end quotation
2024
2025 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2026 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2027 No arguments: print status.
2028 @end deffn
2029
2030 @end deffn
2031
2032 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2033 @section JTAG Speed
2034 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2035 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2036 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2037 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2038 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2039 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2040 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2041 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2042 power management software that may be active.
2043
2044 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2045 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2046 target event handler.
2047 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2048 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2049 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2050 sets up those clocks).
2051 @xref{Target Events}.
2052 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2053 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2054 in the target config file.
2055 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2056 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2057 config file instead.
2058 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2059 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2060 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2061
2062 @example
2063 jtag_rclk 3000
2064 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2065 @end example
2066
2067 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2068 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2069 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2070 may not be the fastest solution.
2071
2072 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2073 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2074
2075 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2076 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2077 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2078 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2079 than the speed specified.
2080
2081 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2082 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2083 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2084 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2085
2086 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2087 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2088 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2089 JTAG clocking after setup.
2090 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2091 If the interface device can not
2092 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2093 @end deffn
2094
2095 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2096 @cindex adaptive clocking
2097 @cindex RTCK
2098 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2099 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2100 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2101 @example
2102 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2103 jtag_rclk 3000
2104 @end example
2105 @end defun
2106
2107 @node Reset Configuration
2108 @chapter Reset Configuration
2109 @cindex Reset Configuration
2110
2111 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2112 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2113 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2114 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2115 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2116 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2117 Please see the various board files for examples.
2118
2119 @quotation Note
2120 To maintainers and integrators:
2121 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2122 Normally the board configuration file
2123 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2124 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2125
2126 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2127 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2128 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2129 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2130 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2131 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2132 @end quotation
2133
2134 @section Types of Reset
2135
2136 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2137 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2138 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2139
2140 @itemize @bullet
2141 @item
2142 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2143 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2144 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2145 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2146 @item
2147 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2148 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2149 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2150 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2151 @item
2152 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2153 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2154 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2155 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2156 @item
2157 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2158 several other types of reset.
2159 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2160 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2161 There may be individual module resets.
2162 @end itemize
2163
2164 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2165 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2166 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2167 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2168 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2169 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2170 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2171 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2172 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2173
2174 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2175 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2176
2177 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2178 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2179 common issues are:
2180
2181 @itemize @bullet
2182
2183 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2184 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2185 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2186 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2187 when either of those signals is not connected.
2188 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2189 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2190 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2191 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2192
2193 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2194 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2195 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2196 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2197
2198 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2199 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2200 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2201 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2202 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2203 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2204 hardware debouncing.
2205 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2206 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2207
2208 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2209 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2210 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2211 to use push/pull output drivers.
2212 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2213 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2214 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2215 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2216
2217 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2218 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2219 issues (not limited to errata).
2220 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2221 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2222 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2223 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2224 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2225 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2226 @end itemize
2227
2228 There can also be other issues.
2229 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2230 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2231 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2232 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2233 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2234 Agreement (NDA).
2235
2236 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2237 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2238 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2239
2240 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2241 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2242
2243 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2244
2245 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2246 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2247 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2248 allowing it to be deasserted.
2249 @end deffn
2250
2251 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2252 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2253 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2254 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2255 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2256 @end deffn
2257
2258 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2259 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2260 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2261 allowing it to be deasserted.
2262 @end deffn
2263
2264 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2265 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2266 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2267 @end deffn
2268
2269 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2270 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2271 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2272 configuration scripts.
2273
2274 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2275 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2276 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2277 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2278 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2279 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2280 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2281 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2282
2283 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2284 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2285 @var{gates},
2286 @var{trst_type},
2287 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2288 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2289 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2290 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2291 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2292 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2293
2294 @itemize
2295 @item
2296 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2297 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2298 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2299 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2300 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2301
2302 @quotation Tip
2303 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2304 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2305 @end quotation
2306
2307 @item
2308 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2309 signal implementations.
2310 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2311 indicating everything behaves normally.
2312 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2313 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
2314 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2315 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2316 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2317 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2318 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2319
2320 @item
2321 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2322 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2323 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2324 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2325 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2326 while SRST is asserted.
2327 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2328 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2329 @end itemize
2330
2331 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2332 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2333 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2334 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2335 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2336
2337 @itemize
2338 @item
2339 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2340 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2341 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2342 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2343
2344 @item
2345 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2346 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2347 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2348 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2349 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2350 @end itemize
2351 @end deffn
2352
2353 @section Custom Reset Handling
2354 @cindex events
2355
2356 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2357 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2358 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2359 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2360 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2361 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2362
2363 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2364 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2365 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2366 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2367 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2368 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2369 needs special attention.
2370
2371 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2372 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2373 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2374 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2375 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2376 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2377 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2378 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2379
2380 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2381 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2382 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2383 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2384 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2385
2386 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2387 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2388 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2389 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2390 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2391 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2392 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2393 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2394 or potentially some other value.
2395
2396 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2397 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2398 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2399 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2400 (or their associated targets)
2401 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2402
2403 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2404 they return.
2405 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2406 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2407 @end deffn
2408
2409 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2410 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2411 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2412 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2413 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2414 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2415 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2416 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2417 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2418 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2419 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2420 @end deffn
2421
2422 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2423 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2424 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2425 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2426 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2427 @end deffn
2428
2429
2430 @node TAP Declaration
2431 @chapter TAP Declaration
2432 @cindex TAP declaration
2433 @cindex TAP configuration
2434
2435 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2436 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2437
2438 @itemize @bullet
2439 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2440 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2441 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2442 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2443 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2444 start running that code.
2445 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2446 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2447 and missing connections
2448 @end itemize
2449
2450 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2451 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2452 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2453 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2454 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2455
2456 @section Scan Chains
2457 @cindex scan chain
2458
2459 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2460 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2461 They also need to be added to
2462 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2463 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2464 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2465 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2466 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2467 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2468 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2469 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2470
2471 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2472 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2473 command, presented in the next chapter.
2474 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2475 debugging targets.)
2476 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2477
2478 @verbatim
2479 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask Instr
2480 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------ -----
2481 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0 0 0x...
2482 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x1 0 0xc
2483 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0 0 0xff
2484 @end verbatim
2485
2486 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2487 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2488 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2489 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2490 until they are told to do so.
2491
2492 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2493 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2494 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2495 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2496
2497 @example
2498 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2499 @end example
2500
2501 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2502 by a given chip.
2503 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2504 and so forth.
2505 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2506 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2507 a single chip and between them.
2508 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2509
2510 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2511 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2512 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2513 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2514 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2515 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2516 includes commands something like this:
2517
2518 @example
2519 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2520 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2521 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2522 @end example
2523
2524 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2525 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2526 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2527
2528 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2529 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2530 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2531 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2532 @example
2533 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2534 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2535 @}
2536 @end example
2537 @end deffn
2538
2539 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2540 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2541 and their status.
2542 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2543 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2544 but systems with a JTAG router can
2545 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2546 In addition to the enable/disable status, the contents of
2547 each TAP's instruction register can also change.
2548 @end deffn
2549
2550 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2551 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2552
2553 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2554 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2555
2556 @section TAP Names
2557 @cindex dotted name
2558
2559 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2560 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2561 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2562 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2563 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2564 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2565 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2566 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2567
2568 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2569 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2570 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2571
2572 @quotation Tip
2573 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2574 This feature is still present.
2575 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2576 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2577 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2578 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2579 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2580 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2581 @end quotation
2582
2583 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2584
2585 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2586 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2587 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2588 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2589 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2590
2591 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2592 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2593 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2594 overridable.
2595
2596 @cindex TAP naming convention
2597 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2598 and should follow this convention:
2599
2600 @itemize @bullet
2601 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2602 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2603 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2604 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2605 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2606 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2607 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2608 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2609 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2610 with a single TAP;
2611 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2612 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2613 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2614 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2615 @end itemize
2616
2617 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2618
2619 @itemize @bullet
2620 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2621 @*The length in bits of the
2622 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2623 @end itemize
2624
2625 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2626
2627 @itemize @bullet
2628 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2629 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2630 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2631 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2632 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2633 (the TAP is linked in).
2634 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2635 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2636 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2637 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2638 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2639 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2640 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2641 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2642 values that were found but not included in the list.
2643
2644 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2645 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2646 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2647 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2648 hardware to find these values.
2649 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2650 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2651 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2652 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2653 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2654 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2655 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2656 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2657 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2658 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2659 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2660 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2661 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2662 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2663 @end itemize
2664 @end deffn
2665
2666 @section Other TAP commands
2667
2668 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2669 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2670 At this writing this TAP attribute
2671 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2672 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2673 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2674 See the next section for information about the available events.
2675
2676 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2677 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2678 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2679 @end deffn
2680
2681 @anchor{TAP Events}
2682 @section TAP Events
2683 @cindex events
2684 @cindex TAP events
2685
2686 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2687 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2688 The other applies to debugger targets,
2689 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2690
2691 The TAP events currently defined are:
2692
2693 @itemize @bullet
2694 @item @b{post-reset}
2695 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2696 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2697 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2698 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2699 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2700
2701 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2702 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2703 of any particular target.
2704 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2705 @item @b{setup}
2706 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2707 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2708 @item @b{tap-disable}
2709 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2710 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2711 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2712 @item @b{tap-enable}
2713 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2714 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2715 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2716 @end itemize
2717
2718 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2719 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2720 contents to be accurate), you might:
2721
2722 @example
2723 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2724 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2725 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2726 @}
2727 @end example
2728
2729
2730 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2731 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2732 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2733 @cindex jrc
2734
2735 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2736 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2737 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2738 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2739 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2740
2741 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2742 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2743 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2744 be visible.
2745 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2746 ignores, such as:
2747
2748 @itemize
2749 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2750 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2751 TAPs receive new instructions.
2752 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2753 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2754 @end itemize
2755
2756 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2757 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2758 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
2759 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2760
2761 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
2762 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
2763
2764 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
2765 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
2766 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
2767 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
2768 should define TAP event handlers using
2769 code that looks something like this:
2770
2771 @example
2772 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
2773 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2774 @}
2775 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
2776 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2777 @}
2778 @end example
2779
2780 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
2781
2782 @example
2783 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
2784 @end example
2785
2786 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
2787 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
2788 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
2789 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
2790
2791 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
2792 If necessary, disables the tap
2793 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
2794 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2795 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2796 and "0" if it is disabled.
2797 @end deffn
2798
2799 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
2800 If necessary, enables the tap
2801 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
2802 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2803 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2804 and "0" if it is disabled.
2805 @end deffn
2806
2807 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
2808 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2809 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2810 and "0" if it is disabled.
2811
2812 @quotation Note
2813 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
2814 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
2815 @end quotation
2816 @end deffn
2817
2818 @anchor{Autoprobing}
2819 @section Autoprobing
2820 @cindex autoprobe
2821 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
2822
2823 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
2824 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
2825 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
2826 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
2827
2828 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
2829 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
2830 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
2831 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
2832 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
2833 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
2834 right when they come out of reset).
2835
2836 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
2837
2838 @example
2839 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
2840 reset_config trst_and_srst
2841 jtag_rclk 8
2842 @end example
2843
2844 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
2845 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
2846
2847 @enumerate
2848 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
2849 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
2850 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
2851 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
2852 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
2853 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
2854 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
2855 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
2856 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
2857 that is discovered.
2858 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
2859 register, it will report it.
2860 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
2861 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
2862 @end enumerate
2863
2864 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
2865 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
2866 that's a bit more complex:
2867
2868 @example
2869 clock speed 8 kHz
2870 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
2871 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
2872 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
2873 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
2874 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2875 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2876 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
2877 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
2878 @end example
2879
2880 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
2881 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
2882 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
2883 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
2884 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
2885 and so forth.
2886
2887 @node CPU Configuration
2888 @chapter CPU Configuration
2889 @cindex GDB target
2890
2891 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
2892 You can also access these targets without GDB
2893 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
2894 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
2895 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
2896 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
2897
2898 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
2899 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
2900
2901 @section Target List
2902 @cindex target, current
2903 @cindex target, list
2904
2905 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
2906 where each member has a name.
2907 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
2908 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
2909 (plural!) command.
2910 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
2911 look like with more than one:
2912 @verbatim
2913 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
2914 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
2915 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
2916 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
2917 @end verbatim
2918
2919 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
2920 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
2921 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
2922 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
2923 space seen by that current target.
2924 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
2925 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
2926 are examples; and there are many more.
2927
2928 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
2929
2930 @deffn Command {target count}
2931 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
2932 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
2933 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
2934
2935 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
2936 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
2937 @example
2938 set c [target count]
2939 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
2940 # Assuming you have created this function
2941 print_target_details $x
2942 @}
2943 @end example
2944 @end deffn
2945
2946 @deffn Command {target current}
2947 Returns the name of the current target.
2948 @end deffn
2949
2950 @deffn Command {target names}
2951 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
2952 @example
2953 foreach t [target names] @{
2954 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
2955 @}
2956 @end example
2957 @end deffn
2958
2959 @deffn Command {target number} number
2960 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
2961 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
2962
2963 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
2964 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
2965 @example
2966 set thename [target number $x]
2967 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
2968 @end example
2969 @end deffn
2970
2971 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
2972 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
2973
2974 @deffn Command targets [name]
2975 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
2976 command names are singular.}
2977
2978 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
2979 targets in a user friendly form.
2980
2981 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
2982 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
2983 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
2984 @end deffn
2985
2986 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
2987 @cindex target type
2988 @cindex CPU type
2989 @cindex CPU variant
2990
2991 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
2992 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
2993 when calling @command{target create}.
2994 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
2995 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
2996 what kind of debug support it integrates,
2997 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
2998 what core-specific commands may be available
2999 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3000 and more.
3001
3002 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3003 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3004 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3005 worked around in some chip versions.
3006
3007 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3008 since there's a command to list them.
3009 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3010 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3011
3012 @anchor{target types}
3013 @deffn Command {target types}
3014 Lists all supported target types.
3015 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3016
3017 @itemize @bullet
3018 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3019 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3020 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3021 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3022 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3023 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3024 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3025 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3026 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3027 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3028 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3029 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3030 @itemize @minus
3031 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3032 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3033 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3034 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3035 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3036 @end itemize
3037 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3038 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3039 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3040 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3041 @itemize @minus
3042 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3043 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3044 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3045 processor.
3046 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3047 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3048 @end itemize
3049 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3050 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3051 There are several variants defined:
3052 @itemize @minus
3053 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3054 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3055 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3056 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3057 @end itemize
3058 @end itemize
3059 @end deffn
3060
3061 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3062 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3063 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3064 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3065 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3066 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3067 reflect design generations;
3068 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3069 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3070
3071 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3072 @section Target Configuration
3073
3074 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3075 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3076 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3077 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3078 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3079
3080 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3081 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3082 optional parts.
3083 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3084 command, created as part of target creation.
3085
3086 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3087 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3088 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3089 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3090 to be much more board-specific.
3091 The key steps you use might look something like this
3092
3093 @example
3094 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3095 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3096 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3097 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3098 @end example
3099
3100 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3101 on-chip SRAM.
3102 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3103 writes to target memory;
3104 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3105 GDB memory checksumming;
3106 and more.
3107
3108 @quotation Warning
3109 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3110 inaccessible when application code
3111 (such as an operating system)
3112 enables or disables the MMU.
3113 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3114 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3115 easy access to other addresses needed.
3116 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3117 @end quotation
3118
3119 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3120 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3121 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3122 controllers.
3123 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3124 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3125 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3126
3127 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3128 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3129 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3130 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3131 purposes including additional configuration.
3132
3133 @itemize @bullet
3134 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3135 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3136 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3137 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3138
3139 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3140 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3141 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3142 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3143 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3144 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3145 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3146 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3147
3148 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3149 @end itemize
3150 @end deffn
3151
3152 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3153 The options accepted by this command may also be
3154 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3155 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3156 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3157
3158 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3159 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3160 and changing its endianness or variant.
3161
3162 @itemize @bullet
3163
3164 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3165 used to access this target.
3166
3167 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3168 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3169
3170 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3171 @xref{Target Events}.
3172 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3173 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3174 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3175 same event name assigns only one handler.
3176
3177 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3178 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3179
3180 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3181 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3182 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3183 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3184 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3185 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3186 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3187
3188 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3189 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3190 or virtual address is being used.
3191
3192 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3193 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3194
3195 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3196 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3197 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3198 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3199 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3200
3201 @end itemize
3202 @end deffn
3203
3204 @section Other $target_name Commands
3205 @cindex object command
3206
3207 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3208 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3209
3210 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3211 Once a button is created a button
3212 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3213 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3214 configure it like this:
3215
3216 @example
3217 # Create
3218 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3219 # Modify
3220 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3221 # Query
3222 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3223 # Report
3224 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3225 @end example
3226
3227 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3228 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3229
3230 @example
3231 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3232 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3233 @end example
3234
3235 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3236
3237 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3238 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3239 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3240 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3241 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3242 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3243 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3244 They are not otherwise documented here.
3245 @end deffn
3246
3247 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3248 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3249 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3250 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3251 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3252 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3253 the target side uses raw memory.
3254
3255 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3256 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3257 The script orientation comes from working with data
3258 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3259 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3260 and neither store nor return those values.
3261
3262 @itemize
3263 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3264 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3265 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3266 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3267 @end itemize
3268 @end deffn
3269
3270 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3271 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3272 @command{$target_name configure}
3273 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3274 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3275 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3276 There are a few special cases:
3277
3278 @itemize @bullet
3279 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3280 event named @var{event_name}.
3281 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3282 two parameters.
3283 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3284 This is a special case because this is set using
3285 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3286 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3287 @end itemize
3288
3289 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3290 all the targets you might use something like this:
3291
3292 @example
3293 foreach name [target names] @{
3294 set y [$name cget -endian]
3295 set z [$name cget -type]
3296 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3297 $x $name $y $z]
3298 @}
3299 @end example
3300 @end deffn
3301
3302 @anchor{target curstate}
3303 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3304 Displays the current target state:
3305 @code{debug-running},
3306 @code{halted},
3307 @code{reset},
3308 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3309 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3310 @end deffn
3311
3312 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3313 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3314 currently associated with this target.
3315 @xref{Target Events}.
3316 @end deffn
3317
3318 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3319 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3320 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3321 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3322 @end deffn
3323
3324 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3325 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3326 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3327 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3328 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3329 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3330 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3331 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3332 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3333 @end deffn
3334
3335 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3336 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3337 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3338 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3339 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3340 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3341 @end deffn
3342
3343 @anchor{Target Events}
3344 @section Target Events
3345 @cindex target events
3346 @cindex events
3347 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3348 For example:
3349 @itemize @bullet
3350 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3351 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3352 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3353 to set up system clocks or
3354 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3355 @end itemize
3356
3357 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3358 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3359 @command{target create ... -event}.
3360
3361 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3362 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3363 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3364
3365 @example
3366 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3367 echo "Reset..."
3368 reset halt
3369 @}
3370 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3371 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3372 echo "Reset..."
3373 reset halt
3374 @}
3375 @end example
3376
3377 The following target events are defined:
3378
3379 @itemize @bullet
3380 @item @b{debug-halted}
3381 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3382 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3383 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3384 @item @b{early-halted}
3385 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3386 @ignore
3387 @item @b{examine-end}
3388 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3389 @item @b{examine-start}
3390 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3391 @end ignore
3392 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3393 @* When GDB connects
3394 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3395 @* When GDB disconnects
3396 @item @b{gdb-end}
3397 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3398 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3399 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3400 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3401 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3402 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3403 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3404 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3405 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3406 @item @b{gdb-start}
3407 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3408 @item @b{halted}
3409 @* The target has halted
3410 @ignore
3411 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3412 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3413 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3414 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3415 @end ignore
3416 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3417 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3418 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3419 but before SRST alone is re-asserted on the tap.
3420 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3421 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3422 when SRST is asserted on the tap.
3423 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3424 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3425 when SRST is about to be released on the tap.
3426 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3427 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3428 when SRST has been released on the tap.
3429 @item @b{reset-end}
3430 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3431 @ignore
3432 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3433 @* Currently not used
3434 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3435 @* Currently not used
3436 @end ignore
3437 @item @b{reset-init}
3438 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3439 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3440
3441 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3442 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3443 multiplexing, and so on.
3444 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3445 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3446 @item @b{reset-start}
3447 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3448 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3449
3450 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3451 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3452 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3453 @ignore
3454 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3455 @* Currently not used
3456 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3457 @* Currently not used
3458 @end ignore
3459 @item @b{resume-start}
3460 @* Before any target is resumed
3461 @item @b{resume-end}
3462 @* After all targets have resumed
3463 @item @b{resume-ok}
3464 @* Success
3465 @item @b{resumed}
3466 @* Target has resumed
3467 @end itemize
3468
3469
3470 @node Flash Commands
3471 @chapter Flash Commands
3472
3473 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3474 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3475 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3476 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3477 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3478 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3479 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3480 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3481 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3482
3483 Flash Steps:
3484 @enumerate
3485 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3486 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3487 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3488 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3489 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3490 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3491 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3492 @item GDB Flashing
3493 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3494 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3495 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3496 @end enumerate
3497
3498 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3499 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3500 so that it can't boot.
3501 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3502 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3503
3504 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3505 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3506 @cindex flash configuration
3507
3508 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3509 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3510 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3511 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3512 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3513 see the driver-specific documentation.
3514
3515 @itemize @bullet
3516 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3517 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3518 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3519 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3520 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3521 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3522 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3523 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3524 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3525 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3526 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3527 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3528 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3529 commands to the flash controller.
3530 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3531 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3532 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3533 for more information.
3534 @end itemize
3535 @quotation Note
3536 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3537 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3538 @end quotation
3539 @end deffn
3540
3541 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3542 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3543 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3544 Prints a one-line summary of each device declared
3545 using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3546 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3547 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3548 @end deffn
3549
3550 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3551 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3552 depends on the flash type.
3553 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3554 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3555 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3556 but most don't bother.
3557 @end deffn
3558
3559 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3560 @cindex flash erasing
3561 @cindex flash reading
3562 @cindex flash writing
3563 @cindex flash programming
3564
3565 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3566 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3567 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3568 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3569 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3570
3571 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3572 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3573 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3574 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3575 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3576
3577 @quotation Note
3578 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3579 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3580 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3581 back to a flash bank.
3582 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3583 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3584 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3585 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3586 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3587 @end quotation
3588
3589 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3590 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3591 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3592 disabled first.
3593 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3594 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3595 @xref{flash protect}.
3596
3597 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3598 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3599 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3600 up to and including @var{last}.
3601 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3602 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3603 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3604 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3605 @end deffn
3606
3607 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
3608 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3609 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3610 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3611 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3612 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3613 @end deffn
3614
3615 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3616 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3617 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3618 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3619 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3620 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3621 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3622 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3623 before issuing this command.
3624 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3625 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3626 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3627 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3628 @end deffn
3629 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3630
3631 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3632 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3633 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3634 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3635 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3636 @end deffn
3637
3638 @anchor{flash write_image}
3639 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3640 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3641 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3642 to the base address for each section in the image.
3643 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3644 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3645 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3646 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3647 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3648 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3649 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3650 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3651 each image segment.
3652 @end deffn
3653
3654 @section Other Flash commands
3655 @cindex flash protection
3656
3657 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3658 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3659 and display that status.
3660 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3661 This is the only operation that
3662 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3663 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3664 to get updated information.
3665 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3666 @end deffn
3667
3668 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3669 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3670 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3671 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3672 @end deffn
3673
3674 @anchor{flash protect}
3675 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3676 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3677 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3678 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3679 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3680 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3681 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3682 @end deffn
3683
3684 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3685 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3686 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3687 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3688 @end deffn
3689
3690 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3691 @section Flash Drivers, Options, and Commands
3692 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3693 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3694 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3695
3696 @subsection External Flash
3697
3698 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3699 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3700 @cindex CFI
3701 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3702 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3703 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3704 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3705 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
3706 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
3707 configure a bus and its timings) , or
3708 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
3709 on the flash chip.
3710 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
3711 speed up operation.
3712
3713 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
3714
3715 @itemize
3716 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
3717 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
3718 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
3719 @end itemize
3720
3721 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
3722 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
3723
3724 @example
3725 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3726 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3727 @end example
3728 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
3729 @end deffn
3730
3731 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
3732
3733 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
3734 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
3735 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
3736 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
3737 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
3738 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
3739
3740 @example
3741 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3742 @end example
3743 @end deffn
3744
3745 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
3746 @cindex at91sam3
3747 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
3748 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
3749 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
3750 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
3751 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
3752 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
3753 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
3754 chips are confirmed.}
3755
3756 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
3757 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
3758 the following fixed locations:
3759
3760 @example
3761 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
3762 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3763 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
3764 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3765 @end example
3766
3767 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
3768 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
3769 to the @command{flash bank} command:
3770
3771 @itemize
3772 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
3773 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
3774 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
3775 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
3776 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
3777 @end itemize
3778
3779 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
3780
3781 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
3782 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
3783 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
3784 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
3785 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
3786 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
3787 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
3788
3789 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
3790 modifies that GPNVM bit.
3791 @end deffn
3792
3793 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
3794 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
3795 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
3796 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
3797 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
3798 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
3799 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
3800 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
3801 @end deffn
3802
3803 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
3804 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
3805 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
3806 @end deffn
3807 @end deffn
3808
3809 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
3810 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
3811 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
3812 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
3813 register, and autoconfigures itself.
3814
3815 @example
3816 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3817 @end example
3818
3819 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
3820 provide additional parameters in the following order:
3821
3822 @itemize
3823 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
3824 @item @var{banks}
3825 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
3826 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
3827 @item @var{pages_size}
3828 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
3829 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
3830 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
3831 @end itemize
3832
3833 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
3834 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
3835 will be autoconfigured.
3836 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
3837
3838 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
3839 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
3840 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
3841 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
3842 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
3843
3844 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
3845 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
3846 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
3847 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
3848 are not truly general purpose).
3849 @quotation Note
3850 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
3851 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
3852 @end quotation
3853 @end deffn
3854 @end deffn
3855
3856 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
3857 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
3858 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
3859 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
3860 @end deffn
3861
3862 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
3863 @emph{No idea what this is...}
3864 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
3865 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
3866 and executed.
3867 @end deffn
3868
3869 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
3870 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
3871 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
3872
3873 @quotation Note
3874 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
3875 driver:
3876 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
3877 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
3878 @end quotation
3879
3880 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
3881 which must appear in the following order:
3882
3883 @itemize
3884 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
3885 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
3886 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
3887 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
3888 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
3889 at which the core is running
3890 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
3891 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
3892 @end itemize
3893
3894 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
3895
3896 @example
3897 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
3898 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
3899 @end example
3900
3901 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
3902 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
3903 the specified flash @var{bank}.
3904 @end deffn
3905 @end deffn
3906
3907 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
3908 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
3909 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
3910 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
3911 the programming clock rate in Hz.
3912 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
3913
3914 @example
3915 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
3916 @end example
3917 @end deffn
3918
3919 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
3920 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
3921 from NXP.
3922
3923 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
3924 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
3925 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
3926 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
3927 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
3928 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
3929 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
3930 you start the PLL.
3931
3932 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
3933
3934 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
3935 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
3936 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
3937
3938 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
3939 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
3940 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
3941 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
3942 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
3943 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
3944 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
3945
3946 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
3947 @example
3948 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
3949 @end example
3950
3951 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
3952 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
3953 @code{flash banks} command.
3954
3955 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
3956 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
3957 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
3958 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
3959 a known signature.
3960 Example:
3961 @example
3962 lpc2900 signature 0
3963 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
3964 @end example
3965 @end deffn
3966
3967 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
3968 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
3969 saves it to a file in binary format.
3970 Example:
3971 @example
3972 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
3973 @end example
3974 @end deffn
3975
3976 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
3977 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
3978 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
3979 command:
3980
3981 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
3982 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
3983 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
3984 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
3985
3986 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
3987 Example:
3988 @example
3989 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
3990 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
3991 @end example
3992 @end deffn
3993
3994 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
3995 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
3996 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
3997 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
3998 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
3999 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4000 912 bytes.
4001 @quotation Attention
4002 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4003 @end quotation
4004 Example:
4005 @example
4006 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4007 @end example
4008 @end deffn
4009
4010 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4011 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4012 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4013 after the next power cycle.
4014 @quotation Attention
4015 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4016 @end quotation
4017 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4018 Example:
4019 @example
4020 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4021 flash info 0
4022 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4023 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4024 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4025 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4026 @end example
4027 @end deffn
4028
4029 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4030 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4031 effective after the next power cycle.
4032 @quotation Attention
4033 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4034 @end quotation
4035 Examples:
4036 @example
4037 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4038 @end example
4039 @end deffn
4040 @end deffn
4041
4042 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4043 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4044
4045 @example
4046 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4047 @end example
4048 @end deffn
4049
4050 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4051 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4052 and integrate flash memory.
4053 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4054
4055 @example
4056 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4057 @end example
4058
4059 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4060 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4061 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4062 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4063 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4064 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4065 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4066 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4067 @end deffn
4068 @end deffn
4069
4070 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4071 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4072 Texas Instruments
4073 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4074 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4075 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4076 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4077 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4078 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4079
4080 @example
4081 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4082 @end example
4083 @end deffn
4084
4085 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4086 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4087 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4088 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4089 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4090
4091 @example
4092 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4093 @end example
4094
4095 Some stm32x-specific commands
4096 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4097 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4098 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4099 are defined:
4100
4101 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4102 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4103 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4104 @end deffn
4105
4106 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4107 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4108 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4109 @end deffn
4110
4111 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4112 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4113 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4114 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4115 @end deffn
4116
4117 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4118 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4119 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4120 @end deffn
4121 @end deffn
4122
4123 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4124 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4125 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4126 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4127 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4128
4129 @example
4130 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4131 @end example
4132
4133 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4134 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4135 for the specified flash bank.
4136 @end deffn
4137 @end deffn
4138
4139 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4140 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4141 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4142 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4143 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4144
4145 @example
4146 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4147 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4148 @end example
4149
4150 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4151 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4152 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4153
4154 @itemize @bullet
4155 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4156 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4157 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4158 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4159 @end itemize
4160 @end deffn
4161
4162 @end deffn
4163
4164 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4165 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4166 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4167 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4168
4169 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4170
4171 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4172 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4173 @end deffn
4174
4175 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4176 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4177 @end deffn
4178
4179 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4180 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4181 the flash clock.
4182 @end deffn
4183 @end deffn
4184
4185 @subsection str9xpec driver
4186 @cindex str9xpec
4187
4188 Here is some background info to help
4189 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4190 the str9:
4191 @enumerate
4192 @item
4193 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4194 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4195 @item
4196 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4197 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4198 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4199 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4200 @end enumerate
4201
4202 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4203 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4204 configured for flash bank 0.
4205 @example
4206 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4207 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4208 jtag_reset 0 1
4209 # turn off target polling
4210 poll off
4211 # disable str9 core
4212 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4213 # read option bytes
4214 str9xpec options_read 0
4215 # re-enable str9 core
4216 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4217 poll on
4218 reset halt
4219 @end example
4220 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4221 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4222 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4223 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4224
4225 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4226 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4227 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4228 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4229 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4230
4231 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4232
4233 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4234 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4235 @end deffn
4236
4237 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4238 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4239 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4240 @end deffn
4241
4242 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4243 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4244 erase the device.
4245 @end deffn
4246
4247 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4248 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4249 @end deffn
4250
4251 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4252 Configure str9 boot bank.
4253 @end deffn
4254
4255 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4256 Configure str9 lvd source.
4257 @end deffn
4258
4259 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4260 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4261 @end deffn
4262
4263 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4264 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4265 @end deffn
4266
4267 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4268 Read str9 option bytes.
4269 @end deffn
4270
4271 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4272 Write str9 option bytes.
4273 @end deffn
4274
4275 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4276 unlock str9 device.
4277 @end deffn
4278
4279 @end deffn
4280
4281
4282 @section mFlash
4283
4284 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4285 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4286
4287 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4288 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4289 address @var{base}.
4290 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4291 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4292
4293 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4294
4295 @example
4296 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4297 @end example
4298
4299 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4300
4301 @example
4302 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4303 @end example
4304 @end deffn
4305
4306 @subsection mFlash commands
4307 @cindex mFlash commands
4308
4309 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4310 Configure mflash PLL.
4311 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4312 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4313 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4314 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4315 @end deffn
4316
4317 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4318 Configure bootable option.
4319 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4320 (4kB) for boot.
4321 @end deffn
4322
4323 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4324 Configure storage information.
4325 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4326 written.
4327 @end deffn
4328
4329 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4330 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4331 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4332 @end deffn
4333
4334 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4335 Probe mflash.
4336 @end deffn
4337
4338 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4339 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4340 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4341 @end deffn
4342
4343 @node NAND Flash Commands
4344 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4345 @cindex NAND
4346
4347 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4348 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4349 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4350
4351 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4352 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4353 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4354 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4355 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4356 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4357
4358 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4359 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4360 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4361 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4362 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4363 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4364 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4365 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4366 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4367 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4368
4369 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4370 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4371 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4372 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4373 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4374 every 512 bytes of data.
4375
4376 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4377 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4378 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4379 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4380 ECC mode is used.
4381
4382 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4383 @enumerate
4384 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4385 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4386 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4387 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4388 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4389 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4390 to access that device.
4391 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4392 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4393 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4394 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4395 de-brick a board.
4396 @end enumerate
4397
4398 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4399 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4400 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4401 are only 32 bits wide.
4402 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4403 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4404 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4405 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4406
4407 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4408 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4409 @cindex NAND configuration
4410
4411 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4412 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4413 OpenOCD has initialized.
4414
4415 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} controller target [configparams...]
4416 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4417 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4418 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4419 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4420 they were a single (larger) device.
4421 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4422 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4423
4424 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4425 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4426 configuration files, not interactively.
4427
4428 @itemize @bullet
4429 @item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
4430 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4431 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4432 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4433 commands to the NAND controller.
4434 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4435 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4436 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4437 for more information.
4438 @end itemize
4439 @end deffn
4440
4441 @deffn Command {nand list}
4442 Prints a summary of each device declared
4443 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4444 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4445 @example
4446 > nand list
4447 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4448 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4449 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4450 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4451 >
4452 @end example
4453 @end deffn
4454
4455 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4456 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4457 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4458 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4459 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4460 it with most other NAND commands.
4461 @end deffn
4462
4463 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4464
4465 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4466 @cindex NAND reading
4467 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4468 starting at the specified offset.
4469 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4470
4471 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4472 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4473
4474 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4475 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4476 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4477
4478 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4479 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4480 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4481 method which handled that error correction.
4482
4483 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4484 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4485 @itemize @bullet
4486 @item no oob_* parameter
4487 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4488 @item @code{oob_raw}
4489 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4490 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4491 spare areas associated with each data page.
4492 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4493 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4494 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4495 @item @code{oob_only}
4496 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4497 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4498 spare areas associated with each data page.
4499 @end itemize
4500 @end deffn
4501
4502 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4503 @cindex NAND erasing
4504 @cindex NAND programming
4505 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4506 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4507 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4508 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4509 If those parameters are not specified,
4510 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4511 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4512
4513 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4514 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4515 block marker.
4516 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4517 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4518 @end deffn
4519
4520 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4521 @cindex NAND writing
4522 @cindex NAND programming
4523 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4524 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4525 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4526 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4527
4528 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4529 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4530
4531 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4532 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4533 past the end of the device.
4534 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4535 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4536 if that's being written.)
4537
4538 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4539 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4540 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4541
4542 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4543 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4544 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4545 @itemize @bullet
4546 @item no oob_* parameter
4547 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4548 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4549 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4550 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4551 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4552 @item @code{oob_only}
4553 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4554 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4555 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4556 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4557 @item @code{oob_raw}
4558 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4559 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4560 un-altered OOB.
4561 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4562 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4563 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4564 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4565 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4566 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4567 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4568 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4569 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4570 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4571 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4572 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4573 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4574 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4575 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4576 @end itemize
4577 @end deffn
4578
4579 @section Other NAND commands
4580 @cindex NAND other commands
4581
4582 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4583 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4584 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4585 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4586 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4587 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4588 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4589 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4590
4591 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4592 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4593 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4594 @end deffn
4595
4596 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4597 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4598 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4599 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4600 status for each block.
4601 @end deffn
4602
4603 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4604 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4605 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4606
4607 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4608 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4609 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4610 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4611 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4612
4613 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4614 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4615 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4616 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4617 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4618 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4619 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4620 @end deffn
4621
4622 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4623 @section NAND Drivers, Options, and Commands
4624 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4625 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4626 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4627
4628 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4629 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4630 chips from Texas Instruments.
4631 It takes three extra parameters:
4632 address of the NAND chip;
4633 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
4634 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
4635 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
4636 @example
4637 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
4638 @end example
4639 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
4640 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
4641 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
4642 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
4643 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
4644 @end deffn
4645
4646 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
4647 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4648 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
4649 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
4650 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
4651 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
4652 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4653 @end deffn
4654
4655 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
4656 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
4657 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
4658 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
4659 @end deffn
4660 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
4661
4662 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
4663 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4664 parameter: the address of the controller.
4665 @example
4666 nand device orion 0xd8000000
4667 @end example
4668 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
4669 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4670 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4671 change any behavior.
4672 @end deffn
4673
4674 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
4675 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
4676 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
4677 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
4678 These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
4679 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
4680 specialized commands.
4681 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4682 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4683 change any behavior.
4684 @end deffn
4685
4686 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
4687 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
4688 @cindex PLD
4689 @cindex FPGA
4690
4691 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
4692 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
4693 OpenOCD can support programming them.
4694 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
4695 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
4696 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
4697 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
4698
4699 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
4700
4701 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
4702 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
4703 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
4704
4705 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
4706 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
4707
4708 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
4709 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
4710 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
4711 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
4712 behavior.
4713 @end deffn
4714
4715 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
4716 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
4717 @end deffn
4718
4719 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
4720 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
4721 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
4722 @end deffn
4723
4724 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
4725
4726 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
4727 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
4728 that particular type of PLD.
4729
4730 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
4731 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
4732 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
4733 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
4734 and one driver-specific command is defined.
4735
4736 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
4737 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
4738 for FPGA @var{num}.
4739 @end deffn
4740 @end deffn
4741
4742 @node General Commands
4743 @chapter General Commands
4744 @cindex commands
4745
4746 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
4747 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
4748 commands are documented elsewhere.
4749
4750 Intent:
4751 @itemize @bullet
4752 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
4753 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
4754 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
4755 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
4756
4757 @item @b{From the human}
4758 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
4759 or via GDB (default port 3333).
4760
4761 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
4762 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
4763 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
4764
4765 @item @b{Machine Interface}
4766 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
4767 port is 5555.
4768 @end itemize
4769
4770
4771 @section Daemon Commands
4772
4773 @deffn {Command} exit
4774 Exits the current telnet session.
4775 @end deffn
4776
4777 @c note EXTREMELY ANNOYING word wrap at column 75
4778 @c even when lines are e.g. 100+ columns ...
4779 @c coded in startup.tcl
4780 @deffn {Command} help [string]
4781 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
4782 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
4783 Not every command provides helptext.
4784 @end deffn
4785
4786 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
4787 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
4788 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
4789 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
4790 Useful in connection with script files
4791 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
4792 @end deffn
4793
4794 @deffn Command shutdown
4795 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
4796 @end deffn
4797
4798 @anchor{debug_level}
4799 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
4800 @cindex message level
4801 Display debug level.
4802 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
4803 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
4804 Level 0 is error messages only;
4805 level 1 adds warnings;
4806 level 2 adds informational messages;
4807 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
4808 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
4809 the command line along with the location of that log
4810 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
4811 @xref{Running}.
4812 @end deffn
4813
4814 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4815 Default disabled.
4816 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
4817
4818 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
4819 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
4820 individually overridden.
4821
4822 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
4823 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
4824 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
4825
4826 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
4827
4828 @example
4829 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
4830 @end example
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn Command echo message
4834 Logs a message at "user" priority.
4835 Output @var{message} to stdout.
4836 @example
4837 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
4838 @end example
4839 @end deffn
4840
4841 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
4842 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
4843 the initial log output channel is stderr.
4844 @end deffn
4845
4846 @anchor{Target State handling}
4847 @section Target State handling
4848 @cindex reset
4849 @cindex halt
4850 @cindex target initialization
4851
4852 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
4853 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
4854 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
4855 a current target which is used to perform the
4856 various operations. The current target may be changed
4857 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
4858 target which should become current.
4859
4860 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
4861 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
4862
4863 @emph{With no arguments}:
4864 list all available registers for the current target,
4865 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
4866
4867 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
4868
4869 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
4870
4871 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
4872 Debug and trace infrastructure:
4873
4874 @example
4875 > reg
4876 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty: 1, valid: 1)
4877 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C (dirty: 0, valid: 1)
4878 (2) r2 (/32): 0x00022551 (dirty: 0, valid: 1)
4879 ...
4880 (164) ETM_CONTEXTID_COMPARATOR_MASK (/32): \
4881 0x00000000 (dirty: 0, valid: 0)
4882 >
4883 @end example
4884 @end deffn
4885
4886 @deffn Command halt [ms]
4887 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
4888 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
4889 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
4890 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
4891 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
4892 (and enter debug mode).
4893 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
4894
4895 @quotation Warning
4896 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
4897 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
4898 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
4899 power mode by gating the core clock;
4900 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
4901
4902 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
4903 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
4904 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
4905 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
4906 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
4907 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
4908
4909 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
4910 work with a JTAG debugger.
4911 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
4912 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
4913 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
4914 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
4915 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
4916 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
4917 @end quotation
4918
4919 @end deffn
4920
4921 @deffn Command resume [address]
4922 Resume the target at its current code position,
4923 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
4924 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
4925 @end deffn
4926
4927 @deffn Command step [address]
4928 Single-step the target at its current code position,
4929 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
4930 @end deffn
4931
4932 @anchor{Reset Command}
4933 @deffn Command reset
4934 @deffnx Command {reset run}
4935 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
4936 @deffnx Command {reset init}
4937 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
4938 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
4939 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
4940
4941 The optional parameter specifies what should
4942 happen after the reset.
4943 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
4944 The other options will not work on all systems.
4945 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
4946
4947 @itemize @minus
4948 @item @b{run} Let the target run
4949 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
4950 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
4951 @end itemize
4952 @end deffn
4953
4954 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
4955 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
4956 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
4957 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
4958 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
4959 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
4960 state.
4961 @end deffn
4962
4963 @section I/O Utilities
4964
4965 These commands are available when
4966 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
4967 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
4968 notably the ZY1000.
4969 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
4970
4971 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
4972
4973 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
4974 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
4975 the text file @file{filename}.
4976 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
4977 The last string is followed by a newline.
4978 @end deffn
4979
4980 @deffn Command cat filename
4981 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
4982 @end deffn
4983
4984 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
4985 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
4986 into @file{dest_filename}.
4987 @end deffn
4988
4989 @deffn Command ip
4990 @emph{No description provided.}
4991 @end deffn
4992
4993 @deffn Command ls
4994 @emph{No description provided.}
4995 @end deffn
4996
4997 @deffn Command mac
4998 @emph{No description provided.}
4999 @end deffn
5000
5001 @deffn Command meminfo
5002 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5003 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5004 @end deffn
5005
5006 @deffn Command peek
5007 @emph{No description provided.}
5008 @end deffn
5009
5010 @deffn Command poke
5011 @emph{No description provided.}
5012 @end deffn
5013
5014 @deffn Command rm filename
5015 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5016 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5017 @end deffn
5018
5019 @deffn Command trunc filename
5020 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5021 @end deffn
5022
5023 @anchor{Memory access}
5024 @section Memory access commands
5025 @cindex memory access
5026
5027 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5028 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5029 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5030 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5031
5032 @enumerate
5033 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5034 to change the current target.
5035 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5036 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5037 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5038 @end enumerate
5039
5040 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5041 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5042 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5043 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5044 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5045 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5046 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5047 @var{phys} is an optional flag to indicate to use
5048 physical address and bypass MMU
5049 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5050 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5051 @end deffn
5052
5053 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5054 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5055 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5056 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5057 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
5058 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5059 @var{phys} is an optional flag to indicate to use
5060 physical address and bypass MMU
5061 @end deffn
5062
5063
5064 @anchor{Image access}
5065 @section Image loading commands
5066 @cindex image loading
5067 @cindex image dumping
5068
5069 @anchor{dump_image}
5070 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5071 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5072 binary file named @var{filename}.
5073 @end deffn
5074
5075 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5076 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5077 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5078 @end deffn
5079
5080 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5081 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5082 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5083 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5084 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5085 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5086 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5087 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5088 separately.
5089 @end deffn
5090
5091 @anchor{load_image}
5092 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5093 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5094 The file format may optionally be specified
5095 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5096 @end deffn
5097
5098 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5099 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5100 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5101 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5102 The file format may optionally be specified
5103 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5104 @end deffn
5105
5106 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5107 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5108 The file format may optionally be specified
5109 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5110 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5111 @end deffn
5112
5113
5114 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5115 @cindex breakpoint
5116 @cindex watchpoint
5117
5118 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5119 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5120 watchpoints.
5121 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5122
5123 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5124 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5125 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5126 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5127 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5128 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5129
5130 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5131 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5132 @end deffn
5133
5134 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5135 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5136 @end deffn
5137
5138 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5139 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5140 @end deffn
5141
5142 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5143 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5144 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5145 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5146 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5147 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5148 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5149 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5150 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5151 @end deffn
5152
5153 @section Misc Commands
5154
5155 @cindex profiling
5156 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5157 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5158 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5159 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5160 @end deffn
5161
5162 @deffn Command {version}
5163 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5164 @end deffn
5165
5166 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5167 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5168 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5169 @end deffn
5170
5171 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5172 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5173 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5174 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5175
5176 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5177 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5178 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5179 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5180
5181 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5182 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5183 @cindex tracing
5184 @cindex ETM
5185 @cindex ETB
5186
5187 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5188 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5189 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5190
5191 @itemize
5192 @item
5193 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5194 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5195 supports such an interface.
5196 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5197 and trace port support.)
5198 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5199 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5200 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5201 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5202 in the board-specific configuration file.
5203 @item
5204 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5205 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5206 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5207 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5208 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5209 @end itemize
5210
5211 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5212
5213 @quotation Issues
5214 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5215 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5216
5217 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5218 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5219 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5220 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5221 dummy trace port driver}.
5222
5223 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5224 as well as tracing only during specific states
5225 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5226
5227 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5228 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5229 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5230 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5231 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5232
5233 At this writing (September 2009) only ARM7 and ARM9 support
5234 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5235 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5236 this original style of JTAG access.
5237 @end quotation
5238
5239 @subsection ETM Configuration
5240 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5241
5242 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5243 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5244 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5245
5246 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5247 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5248 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5249 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5250 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16.
5251 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexted},
5252 or @option{demultiplexted}.
5253 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5254
5255 @quotation Note
5256 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5257 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5258 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5259 what CPU activities are traced.
5260 @end quotation
5261 @end deffn
5262
5263 @deffn Command {etm info}
5264 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5265 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5266 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5267 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5268 @end deffn
5269
5270 @deffn Command {etm status}
5271 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5272 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5273 Did trace data overflow?
5274 Was it triggered?
5275 @end deffn
5276
5277 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5278 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5279 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5280 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5281 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5282
5283 @itemize
5284 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5285 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5286 The value is one of
5287 @option{none} (save nothing),
5288 @option{data} (save data),
5289 @option{address} (save addresses),
5290 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5291 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5292 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5293 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5294 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5295 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5296 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5297 trace stream without an image of the code.
5298 @end itemize
5299 @end deffn
5300
5301 @deffn Command {etm trigger_percent} [percent]
5302 This displays, or optionally changes, the trace port driver's
5303 behavior after the ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5304 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5305 trace trigger becomes active.
5306
5307 @itemize
5308 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5309 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5310 afterwards.
5311 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5312 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5313 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5314 what caused that event to happen.
5315 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5316 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5317 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5318 how the event caused trouble.
5319 @end itemize
5320 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5321 @end deffn
5322
5323 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5324
5325 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5326 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5327 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5328
5329 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5330 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5331 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5332 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5333 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5334 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5335 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5336
5337 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5338
5339 @itemize
5340 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5341 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5342 for instruction access within that function's body.
5343 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5344 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5345 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5346 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5347 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5348 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5349 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5350 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5351 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5352 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5353 @item @emph{... more}
5354 @end itemize
5355
5356 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5357 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5358
5359 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5360 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5361 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5362 @end deffn
5363
5364 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5365 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5366 @end deffn
5367
5368 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5369 Opens an image file.
5370 @end deffn
5371
5372 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5373 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5374 @end deffn
5375
5376 @deffn Command {etm start}
5377 Starts trace data collection.
5378 @end deffn
5379
5380 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5381 Stops trace data collection.
5382 @end deffn
5383
5384 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5385 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5386
5387 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5388
5389 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5390 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5391 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5392 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5393 any trace data collection.}
5394 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5395 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5396 @end deffn
5397 @end deffn
5398
5399 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5400 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5401 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5402 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5403 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5404 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5405 @end deffn
5406 @end deffn
5407
5408 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5409 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5410 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5411 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5412 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5413
5414 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5415 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5416
5417 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5418 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5419 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5420 @end deffn
5421
5422 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5423 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5424 @end deffn
5425
5426 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5427 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5428 @end deffn
5429 @end deffn
5430
5431
5432 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5433 @cindex ARMv4
5434 @cindex ARMv5
5435
5436 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v4 and v5,
5437 including all ARM7 or ARM9 systems and Intel XScale.
5438 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5439 commands that may be available.
5440
5441 @deffn Command {armv4_5 core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5442 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5443 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5444 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5445 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5446 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5447 @end deffn
5448
5449 @deffn Command {armv4_5 disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5450 @cindex disassemble
5451 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5452 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5453 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5454 Thumb (16-bit) instructions are used;
5455 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5456 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5457 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5458 @end deffn
5459
5460 @deffn Command {armv4_5 reg}
5461 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5462 core mode if necessary. OpenOCD versions before rev. 60 didn't fetch the current
5463 register value.
5464 @end deffn
5465
5466 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5467 @cindex ARM7
5468 @cindex ARM9
5469
5470 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5471 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5472 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5 commands,
5473 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5474
5475 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5476 Control use of the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5477 instead of breakpoints. This should be
5478 safe for all but ARM7TDMI--S cores (like Philips LPC).
5479 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5480 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5481 @end deffn
5482
5483 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5484 @cindex DCC
5485 Control the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
5486 amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5487 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5488 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5489 @end deffn
5490
5491 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5492 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5493 Enable or disable memory writes and reads that don't check completion of
5494 the operation. This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5495 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5496 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5497 @end deffn
5498
5499 @deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_core_reg} num mode word
5500 @emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
5501 shouldn't use it.}
5502
5503 Writes a 32-bit @var{word} to register @var{num} (from 0 to 16)
5504 as used in the specified @var{mode}
5505 (where e.g. mode 16 is "user" and mode 19 is "supervisor";
5506 the M4..M0 bits of the PSR).
5507 Registers 0..15 are the normal CPU registers such as r0(0), r1(1) ... pc(15).
5508 Register 16 is the mode-specific SPSR,
5509 unless the specified mode is 0xffffffff (32-bit all-ones)
5510 in which case register 16 is the CPSR.
5511 The write goes directly to the CPU, bypassing the register cache.
5512 @end deffn
5513
5514 @deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_xpsr} word (@option{0}|@option{1})
5515 @emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
5516 shouldn't use it.}
5517
5518 If the second parameter is zero, writes @var{word} to the
5519 Current Program Status register (CPSR).
5520 Else writes @var{word} to the current mode's Saved PSR (SPSR).
5521 In both cases, this bypasses the register cache.
5522 @end deffn
5523
5524 @deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_xpsr_im8} byte rotate (@option{0}|@option{1})
5525 @emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
5526 shouldn't use it.}
5527
5528 Writes eight bits to the CPSR or SPSR,
5529 first rotating them by @math{2*rotate} bits,
5530 and bypassing the register cache.
5531 This has lower JTAG overhead than writing the entire CPSR or SPSR
5532 with @command{arm7_9 write_xpsr}.
5533 @end deffn
5534
5535 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5536 @cindex ARM720T
5537
5538 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5539 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5540 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5541 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5 and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5542
5543 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} regnum [value]
5544 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5545 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5546 @end deffn
5547
5548 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5549 @cindex ARM9
5550
5551 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5552 integer processors.
5553 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5554
5555 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5556 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5557 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5558 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5559
5560 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5561 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5562 @cindex vector_catch
5563 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5564 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5565 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5566 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5567 to those hardware vectors.
5568
5569 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5570 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5571 vector catch hardware to intercept
5572 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
5573 @option{none} of them,
5574 or a list with one or more of the following:
5575 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
5576 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
5577 @end deffn
5578
5579 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
5580 @cindex ARM920T
5581
5582 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
5583 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5584 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
5585 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
5586 and ARM9TDMI commands.
5587
5588 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
5589 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
5590 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
5591 @end deffn
5592
5593 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
5594 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5595 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5596 @end deffn
5597
5598 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
5599 Interpreted access using cp15 @var{opcode}.
5600 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
5601 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
5602 or using zero if no other address is not provided.
5603 @end deffn
5604
5605 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
5606 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
5607 @end deffn
5608
5609 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
5610 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
5611 @end deffn
5612
5613 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
5614 @cindex ARM926ej-s
5615
5616 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
5617 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
5618 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
5619 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
5620 and ARM9TDMI commands.
5621
5622 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
5623 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
5624
5625 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
5626 Print information about the caches found.
5627 @end deffn
5628
5629 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cp15} opcode1 opcode2 CRn CRm regnum [value]
5630 Accesses cp15 register @var{regnum} using
5631 @var{opcode1}, @var{opcode2}, @var{CRn}, and @var{CRm}.
5632 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5633 Else that register is read and displayed.
5634 @end deffn
5635
5636 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
5637 @cindex ARM966E
5638
5639 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
5640 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5641 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
5642 and ARM9TDMI commands.
5643
5644 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
5645 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5646 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5647 @end deffn
5648
5649 @subsection XScale specific commands
5650 @cindex XScale
5651
5652 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
5653
5654 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
5655 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
5656 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
5657 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
5658 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
5659 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
5660 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
5661
5662 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
5663 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
5664 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
5665 vector_table} command.
5666
5667 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
5668 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
5669 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
5670 code layout in memory:
5671 @example
5672 _vectors:
5673 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5674 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5675 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5676 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5677 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5678 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5679 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5680 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5681 .org 0x100
5682 .long real_reset_vector
5683 .long real_ui_handler
5684 .long real_swi_handler
5685 .long real_pf_abort
5686 .long real_data_abort
5687 .long 0 /* unused */
5688 .long real_irq_handler
5689 .long real_fiq_handler
5690 @end example
5691
5692 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
5693 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
5694 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
5695 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
5696
5697
5698 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
5699 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5700
5701 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
5702 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
5703 @end deffn
5704
5705 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
5706 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
5707 @end deffn
5708
5709 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
5710 Displays information about the CPU caches.
5711 @end deffn
5712
5713 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
5714 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5715 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5716 @end deffn
5717
5718 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
5719 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
5720 @end deffn
5721
5722 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5723 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
5724 @end deffn
5725
5726 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
5727 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
5728 @end deffn
5729
5730 @deffn Command {xscale icache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5731 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
5732 @end deffn
5733
5734 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5735 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
5736 @end deffn
5737
5738 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} (@option{enable}|@option{disable}) [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]
5739 Enables or disables the trace buffer,
5740 and controls how it is emptied.
5741 @end deffn
5742
5743 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
5744 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
5745 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
5746 The image @var{type} may be one of
5747 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
5748 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
5749 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
5750 @end deffn
5751
5752 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
5753 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
5754 @cindex vector_catch
5755 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
5756 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
5757
5758 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
5759 @example
5760 0x01 Trap Reset
5761 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
5762 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
5763 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
5764 0x10 Trap Data Abort
5765 0x20 reserved
5766 0x40 Trap IRQ
5767 0x80 Trap FIQ
5768 @end example
5769 @end deffn
5770
5771 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
5772 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [<low|high> <index> <value>]
5773 @cindex vector_table
5774
5775 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
5776 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
5777 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
5778 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
5779 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
5780
5781 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
5782
5783 @end deffn
5784
5785 @section ARMv6 Architecture
5786 @cindex ARMv6
5787
5788 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
5789 @cindex ARM11
5790
5791 @deffn Command {arm11 mcr} pX opc1 CRn CRm opc2 value
5792 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5793 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5794 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5795 and the MCR instruction.
5796 (The difference beween this and the MCR2 instruction is
5797 one bit in the encoding, effecively a fifth parameter.)
5798 @end deffn
5799
5800 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [value]
5801 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
5802 which is enabled by default. Burst writes are only used
5803 for memory writes larger than 1 word. Single word writes
5804 are likely to be from reset init scripts and those writes
5805 are often to non-memory locations which could easily have
5806 many wait states, which could easily break burst writes.
5807 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5808 @end deffn
5809
5810 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [value]
5811 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
5812 which is enabled by default.
5813 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5814 @end deffn
5815
5816 @deffn Command {arm11 mrc} pX opc1 CRn CRm opc2
5817 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5818 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5819 and the MRC instruction.
5820 (The difference beween this and the MRC2 instruction is
5821 one bit in the encoding, effecively a fifth parameter.)
5822 Displays the result.
5823 @end deffn
5824
5825 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [value]
5826 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
5827 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
5828 they are disabled by default.
5829 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5830 @end deffn
5831
5832 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
5833 @cindex vector_catch
5834 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
5835 coprocessor 14 register 7.
5836 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5837
5838 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
5839 for certain hardware events.
5840 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
5841 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
5842 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
5843 @end deffn
5844
5845 @section ARMv7 Architecture
5846 @cindex ARMv7
5847
5848 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
5849 @cindex Debug Access Port
5850 @cindex DAP
5851 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
5852 included on cortex-m3 and cortex-a8 systems.
5853 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
5854
5855 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
5856 Displays dap info for ap @var{num}, defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5857 @end deffn
5858
5859 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
5860 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
5861 @end deffn
5862
5863 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
5864 Displays id register from AP @var{num},
5865 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5866 @end deffn
5867
5868 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
5869 Displays debug base address from AP @var{num},
5870 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5871 @end deffn
5872
5873 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
5874 Displays the number of extra tck for mem-ap memory bus access [0-255].
5875 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5876 @end deffn
5877
5878 @subsection ARMv7-A specific commands
5879 @cindex ARMv7-A
5880
5881 @deffn Command {armv7a disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5882 @cindex disassemble
5883 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5884 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5885 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5886 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5887 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5888 With a handful of exceptions, ThumbEE instructions are the same as Thumb2;
5889 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5890 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5891 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5892 @end deffn
5893
5894
5895 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
5896 @cindex Cortex-M3
5897
5898 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
5899 @cindex disassemble
5900 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
5901 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5902 @end deffn
5903
5904 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
5905 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
5906 @end deffn
5907
5908 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5909 @cindex vector_catch
5910 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
5911 for certain hardware events.
5912
5913 Parameters request interception of
5914 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
5915 @option{none} of them,
5916 or one or more of the following:
5917 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
5918 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
5919 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
5920 @option{irq_err},
5921 @option{state_err},
5922 @option{chk_err}, or
5923 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
5924 @option{reset}.
5925 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
5926 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
5927 are mapped to HardFault.
5928 UsageFault checks for
5929 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
5930 must also be explicitly enabled.
5931
5932 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
5933 @end deffn
5934
5935 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
5936 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
5937 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
5938 @cindex tracing
5939 @cindex libdcc
5940 @cindex DCC
5941 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software. Currently
5942 @command{target_request debugmsgs}
5943 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
5944 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
5945 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
5946 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
5947 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
5948
5949 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
5950 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
5951 arrays of various size integers from the target,
5952 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
5953 The target being debugged may
5954 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
5955 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
5956 each supported by a command:
5957
5958 @itemize
5959 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
5960 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
5961 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
5962 finding out how some fault was triggered.
5963
5964 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
5965 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
5966 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
5967
5968 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
5969 and then displayed at any time.
5970 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
5971
5972 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
5973 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
5974 @end itemize
5975
5976 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
5977 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
5978 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
5979 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
5980 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
5981 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
5982 does the same thing.
5983
5984 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
5985 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
5986 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
5987 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
5988 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
5989
5990 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
5991 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
5992 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
5993 @end deffn
5994
5995 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
5996 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
5997 in the order they triggered.
5998 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
5999 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6000 history records.
6001 @end deffn
6002
6003 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6004 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6005 they have been triggered.
6006 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6007 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6008 and associates it with that identifier.
6009
6010 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6011 are not related except by this command.
6012 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6013 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6014 @end deffn
6015
6016
6017 @node JTAG Commands
6018 @chapter JTAG Commands
6019 @cindex JTAG Commands
6020 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6021 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6022 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6023 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6024 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6025
6026 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6027 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6028
6029 @itemize @bullet
6030 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6031 devices such as a CPUs.
6032 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6033 standard state machine (in parallel)
6034 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6035 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6036 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6037 while the reading previous ones.
6038 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6039 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6040 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6041 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6042 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6043 registers.
6044 @end itemize
6045
6046 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6047
6048 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6049 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6050 the order of TAP state transitions.
6051 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6052 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6053 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6054
6055 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6056 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6057 that specify the entire register.
6058 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6059 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6060 The return value holds the original value of each
6061 of those fields.
6062
6063 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6064 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6065 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6066 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6067 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6068
6069 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6070 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6071
6072 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6073 in that state.
6074 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6075 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6076 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6077
6078 @quotation Warning
6079 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6080 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6081 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6082 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6083 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6084 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6085 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6086 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6087 @end quotation
6088 @end deffn
6089
6090 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6091 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6092 This may be used for performance tuning.
6093
6094 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6095 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6096 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6097 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6098 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6099 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6100 @end deffn
6101
6102 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6103 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6104 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6105 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6106 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6107 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6108
6109 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6110 in that state.
6111 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6112 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6113 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6114
6115 @quotation Note
6116 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6117 register values, unlike data register values.
6118 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6119 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6120 @end quotation
6121 @end deffn
6122
6123 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6124 Set values of reset signals.
6125 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6126 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6127 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6128 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6129 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6130 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6131 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6132
6133 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6134 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6135 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6136 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6137 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6138 instead of the TRST signal.
6139 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6140 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6141 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6142 with handlers for that event.
6143 @end deffn
6144
6145 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6146 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6147 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6148 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6149 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6150 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6151 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6152 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6153 The final state must also be stable.
6154 @end deffn
6155
6156 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6157 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6158 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6159 Instructions often need some time
6160 to execute before they take effect.
6161 @end deffn
6162
6163 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6164 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6165
6166 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6167 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6168 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6169 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6170 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6171 @end deffn
6172
6173 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6174 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6175 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6176 must also be enabled.
6177 Default is enabled.
6178 @end deffn
6179
6180 @section TAP state names
6181 @cindex TAP state names
6182
6183 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6184 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6185 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6186 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6187
6188 @itemize @bullet
6189 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6190 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6191 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6192 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6193 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6194 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6195 through the data register
6196 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6197 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6198 for update or more shifting
6199 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6200 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6201 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6202 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6203 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6204 through the instruction register
6205 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6206 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6207 for update or more shifting
6208 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6209 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6210 @end itemize
6211
6212 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6213 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6214 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6215 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6216
6217 @itemize @bullet
6218 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6219 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6220 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6221 may not be as expected.
6222 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6223 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6224 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6225 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6226 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6227 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6228 @end itemize
6229
6230 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6231 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6232
6233 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6234 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6235 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6236 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6237
6238 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6239 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6240 @cindex SVF
6241
6242 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6243 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6244 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6245
6246 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6247 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6248 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6249 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6250 each command is logged before it is executed.
6251 @end deffn
6252
6253 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6254 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6255 @cindex XSVF
6256
6257 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6258 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6259 Xilinx devices.
6260 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6261
6262 @quotation Important
6263 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6264 @end quotation
6265
6266 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6267 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6268 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6269 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6270 that TAP.
6271 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6272 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6273 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6274 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6275 @end deffn
6276
6277 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6278 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6279 after building the software.
6280 You may find them useful:
6281
6282 @itemize
6283 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6284 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6285 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6286 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6287 @end itemize
6288
6289 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6290 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6291 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6292 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6293 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6294 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6295 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6296
6297
6298 @node TFTP
6299 @chapter TFTP
6300 @cindex TFTP
6301 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6302 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6303
6304 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6305 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6306 server (tftpd). For example,
6307
6308 @example
6309 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6310 @end example
6311
6312 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6313 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6314
6315 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6316 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6317 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6318 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6319
6320 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6321 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6322 @cindex GDB
6323 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6324 to debug remote targets.
6325
6326 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6327 @section Connecting to GDB
6328 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6329 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6330 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6331 errors, which has since been fixed: look up 1836 in
6332 @url{http://sourceware.org/cgi-bin/gnatsweb.pl?database=gdb}
6333
6334 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6335
6336 @enumerate
6337 @item
6338 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6339 @example
6340 target remote localhost:3333
6341 @end example
6342 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6343 @item
6344 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6345 @example
6346 target remote | openocd --pipe
6347 @end example
6348 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6349 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6350 session.
6351 @end enumerate
6352
6353 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6354 GDB command line.
6355
6356 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6357 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6358 packet size and the device's memory map.
6359
6360 Previous versions of OpenOCD required the following GDB options to increase
6361 the packet size and speed up GDB communication:
6362 @example
6363 set remote memory-write-packet-size 1024
6364 set remote memory-write-packet-size fixed
6365 set remote memory-read-packet-size 1024
6366 set remote memory-read-packet-size fixed
6367 @end example
6368 This is now handled in the @option{qSupported} PacketSize and should not be required.
6369
6370 @section Programming using GDB
6371 @cindex Programming using GDB
6372
6373 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6374 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6375 @example
6376 gdb_memory_map disable
6377 @end example
6378 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6379 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6380 working area.
6381
6382 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6383 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6384 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6385 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6386
6387 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6388 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6389
6390 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6391 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6392 @example
6393 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6394 @end example
6395
6396 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6397 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6398
6399 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6400 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6401 will be used.
6402
6403 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6404 script can be executed:
6405 @example
6406 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6407 @end example
6408
6409 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6410 can be used.
6411
6412 @node Tcl Scripting API
6413 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6414 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6415 @cindex Tcl scripts
6416 @section API rules
6417
6418 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6419 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6420 information as an argument to each proc.
6421
6422 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6423 pair list and lists.
6424
6425 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6426 list.
6427
6428 @verbatim
6429
6430 > set foo(me) Duane
6431 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6432 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6433 > set foo(duck) Donald
6434
6435 If one does this:
6436
6437 > set foo
6438
6439 The result is:
6440
6441 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6442
6443 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6444
6445 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6446 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6447 }
6448 @end verbatim
6449
6450 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6451 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6452
6453 @section Internal low-level Commands
6454
6455 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6456
6457 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6458 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6459 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6460
6461 @itemize @bullet
6462 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6463
6464 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6465 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6466
6467 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6468 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6469
6470 Return information about the flash banks
6471 @end itemize
6472
6473 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6474 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6475 called "flash_banks".
6476
6477 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6478
6479 @subsection HostOS
6480
6481 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6482 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $HostOS which
6483 holds one of the following values:
6484
6485 @itemize @bullet
6486 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6487 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6488 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
6489 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6490 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6491 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6492 @end itemize
6493
6494 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6495
6496 @quotation Note
6497 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6498 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6499 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6500 is jim, not real tcl).
6501 @end quotation
6502
6503 @node Upgrading
6504 @chapter Deprecated/Removed Commands
6505 @cindex Deprecated/Removed Commands
6506 Certain OpenOCD commands have been deprecated or
6507 removed during the various revisions.
6508
6509 Upgrade your scripts as soon as possible.
6510 These descriptions for old commands may be removed
6511 a year after the command itself was removed.
6512 This means that in January 2010 this chapter may
6513 become much shorter.
6514
6515 @itemize @bullet
6516 @item @b{arm7_9 fast_writes}
6517 @cindex arm7_9 fast_writes
6518 @*Use @command{arm7_9 fast_memory_access} instead.
6519 @xref{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}.
6520 @item @b{endstate}
6521 @cindex endstate
6522 @*An buggy old command that would not really work since background polling would wipe out the global endstate
6523 @item @b{arm7_9 force_hw_bkpts}
6524 @*Use @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} instead. Note that GDB will use hardware breakpoints
6525 for flash if the GDB memory map has been set up(default when flash is declared in
6526 target configuration). @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6527 @item @b{arm7_9 sw_bkpts}
6528 @*On by default. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6529 @item @b{daemon_startup}
6530 @*this config option has been removed, simply adding @option{init} and @option{reset halt} to
6531 the end of your config script will give the same behaviour as using @option{daemon_startup reset}
6532 and @option{target cortex_m3 little reset_halt 0}.
6533 @item @b{dump_binary}
6534 @*use @option{dump_image} command with same args. @xref{dump_image}.
6535 @item @b{flash erase}
6536 @*use @option{flash erase_sector} command with same args. @xref{flash erase_sector}.
6537 @item @b{flash write}
6538 @*use @option{flash write_bank} command with same args. @xref{flash write_bank}.
6539 @item @b{flash write_binary}
6540 @*use @option{flash write_bank} command with same args. @xref{flash write_bank}.
6541 @item @b{flash auto_erase}
6542 @*use @option{flash write_image} command passing @option{erase} as the first parameter. @xref{flash write_image}.
6543
6544 @item @b{jtag_device}
6545 @*use the @command{jtag newtap} command, converting from positional syntax
6546 to named prefixes, and naming the TAP.
6547 @xref{jtag newtap}.
6548 Note that if you try to use the old command, a message will tell you the
6549 right new command to use; and that the fourth parameter in the old syntax
6550 was never actually used.
6551 @example
6552 OLD: jtag_device 8 0x01 0xe3 0xfe
6553 NEW: jtag newtap CHIPNAME TAPNAME \
6554 -irlen 8 -ircapture 0x01 -irmask 0xe3
6555 @end example
6556
6557 @item @b{jtag_speed} value
6558 @*@xref{JTAG Speed}.
6559 Usually, a value of zero means maximum
6560 speed. The actual effect of this option depends on the JTAG interface used.
6561 @itemize @minus
6562 @item wiggler: maximum speed / @var{number}
6563 @item ft2232: 6MHz / (@var{number}+1)
6564 @item amt jtagaccel: 8 / 2**@var{number}
6565 @item jlink: maximum speed in kHz (0-12000), 0 will use RTCK
6566 @item rlink: 24MHz / @var{number}, but only for certain values of @var{number}
6567 @comment end speed list.
6568 @end itemize
6569
6570 @item @b{load_binary}
6571 @*use @option{load_image} command with same args. @xref{load_image}.
6572 @item @b{run_and_halt_time}
6573 @*This command has been removed for simpler reset behaviour, it can be simulated with the
6574 following commands:
6575 @smallexample
6576 reset run
6577 sleep 100
6578 halt
6579 @end smallexample
6580 @item @b{target} <@var{type}> <@var{endian}> <@var{jtag-position}>
6581 @*use the create subcommand of @option{target}.
6582 @item @b{target_script} <@var{target#}> <@var{eventname}> <@var{scriptname}>
6583 @*use <@var{target_name}> configure -event <@var{eventname}> "script <@var{scriptname}>"
6584 @item @b{working_area}
6585 @*use the @option{configure} subcommand of @option{target} to set the work-area-virt, work-area-phy, work-area-size, and work-area-backup properties of the target.
6586 @end itemize
6587
6588 @node FAQ
6589 @chapter FAQ
6590 @cindex faq
6591 @enumerate
6592 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6593 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6594 @cindex RTCK
6595 @cindex adaptive clocking
6596 @*
6597
6598 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
6599 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
6600 operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
6601 clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
6602
6603 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
6604 the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
6605 work. There are 2 basic options:
6606 @enumerate
6607 @item
6608 Use a special circuit.
6609 @item
6610 One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
6611 @end enumerate
6612
6613 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
6614 is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
6615 Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
6616 program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
6617 those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
6618 4kHz.
6619
6620 Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
6621 that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
6622 painful.
6623
6624 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
6625
6626 In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
6627 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
6628
6629 The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
6630 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
6631 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
6632 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
6633 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
6634
6635 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
6636 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
6637 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
6638 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
6639
6640 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
6641 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
6642 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
6643 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
6644 with a CPLD.
6645 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
6646 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
6647 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
6648 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
6649 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
6650 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
6651
6652 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
6653
6654 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
6655
6656 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
6657 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
6658 depending on the chips on your board.
6659 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
6660 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
6661 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
6662
6663 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
6664
6665 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
6666 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
6667 tedious, it is not always practical.
6668
6669 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
6670 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
6671 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
6672 this way.
6673
6674 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
6675 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
6676 clock rate.
6677 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
6678 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
6679 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6680
6681 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
6682
6683 @example
6684 # Example: 1.234MHz
6685 jtag_khz 1234
6686 @end example
6687
6688
6689 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
6690
6691 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
6692 around Windows filenames.
6693
6694 @example
6695 > echo \a
6696
6697 > echo @{\a@}
6698 \a
6699 > echo "\a"
6700
6701 >
6702 @end example
6703
6704
6705 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
6706
6707 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
6708 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
6709 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
6710
6711 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
6712 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
6713 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
6714
6715 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
6716 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
6717 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
6718
6719 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
6720
6721 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
6722 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
6723 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
6724 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
6725
6726 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
6727 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
6728 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
6729
6730 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
6731 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
6732
6733 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
6734 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
6735 memory read caused data abort".
6736
6737 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
6738 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
6739 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
6740 be done, feel free to add this here.
6741
6742 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
6743 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
6744 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
6745 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
6746 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
6747 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
6748 gracefully stops.
6749
6750 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
6751 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
6752 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
6753
6754 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
6755 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
6756 bytes. Painful...
6757
6758
6759 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
6760 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
6761
6762 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
6763 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
6764 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
6765 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
6766 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
6767 reset, everything else should work fine.
6768
6769 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
6770 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
6771 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
6772 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
6773
6774 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
6775 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
6776 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
6777 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
6778
6779 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
6780
6781 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
6782 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
6783 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
6784 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6785
6786 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
6787 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
6788 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
6789 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
6790
6791 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
6792 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
6793 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6794
6795 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
6796 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
6797
6798 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
6799 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
6800 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
6801 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
6802 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
6803 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
6804 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
6805 clock frequency?
6806
6807 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
6808 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
6809 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
6810 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
6811 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
6812
6813 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
6814
6815 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
6816 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
6817 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
6818 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
6819 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
6820 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
6821 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
6822
6823 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
6824
6825 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
6826 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
6827 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
6828 up DRAM and loading it with code.
6829
6830 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
6831 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
6832 particular order?
6833
6834 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
6835 the same order used by the hardware.
6836
6837 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
6838 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
6839 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
6840 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
6841 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
6842 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
6843
6844 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
6845 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
6846 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
6847 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
6848
6849 @itemize @bullet
6850 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
6851 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
6852 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
6853 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
6854 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
6855 @end itemize
6856
6857 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
6858
6859 @itemize @bullet
6860 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
6861 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
6862 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
6863 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
6864 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
6865 @end itemize
6866
6867
6868 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
6869 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
6870 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
6871
6872 TODO.
6873
6874 @end enumerate
6875
6876 @node Tcl Crash Course
6877 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
6878 @cindex Tcl
6879
6880 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
6881 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
6882 how the Tcl scripts work.
6883
6884 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
6885 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
6886 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
6887 OpenOCD.
6888
6889 @section Tcl Rule #1
6890 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
6891 @enumerate
6892 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
6893 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6894 @end enumerate
6895
6896 The Tcl equal is this:
6897
6898 @enumerate
6899 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
6900 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6901 @end enumerate
6902
6903 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
6904 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
6905
6906 @section Tcl Rule #1b
6907 There is a second pair of rules.
6908 @enumerate
6909 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
6910 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
6911 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
6912 in Tcl.
6913 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6914 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
6915 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
6916 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
6917 @end enumerate
6918
6919 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
6920 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
6921 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
6922 Everything is a string}
6923
6924 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
6925 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
6926 difference is subtle.
6927 @enumerate
6928 @item Parse Time
6929 @item Evaluation Time
6930 @end enumerate
6931
6932 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
6933 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
6934 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
6935
6936 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
6937 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
6938 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
6939 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
6940
6941 @itemize @bullet
6942 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
6943 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
6944 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
6945 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
6946 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
6947 @example
6948 # bash example
6949 X=`date`
6950 echo "The Date is: $X"
6951 # Tcl example
6952 set X [date]
6953 puts "The Date is: $X"
6954 @end example
6955 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
6956 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
6957 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
6958 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
6959 is a string}
6960 @example
6961 set x "Dinner"
6962 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
6963 @end example
6964 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
6965 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
6966 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
6967 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
6968 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
6969 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
6970 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
6971 @end itemize
6972
6973 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
6974
6975 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
6976
6977 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
6978
6979 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
6980 the normal way.
6981
6982 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
6983 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
6984 line is immedatly executed.
6985
6986 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
6987 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
6988
6989 @subsection Command Execution
6990
6991 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
6992 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
6993 control flow operators.
6994
6995 Commands are executed like this:
6996
6997 @enumerate
6998 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
6999 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7000 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7001 @end enumerate
7002
7003 It sort of works like this:
7004 @example
7005 for(;;)@{
7006 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7007
7008 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7009
7010 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7011 @}
7012 @end example
7013
7014 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7015 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7016 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7017 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7018 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7019 ``LookupCommand()''
7020
7021 @subsection The FOR command
7022
7023 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7024 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7025 command just like any other command.
7026
7027 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7028 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7029 are:
7030
7031 @enumerate 0
7032 @item The ascii text 'for'
7033 @item The start text
7034 @item The test expression
7035 @item The next text
7036 @item The body text
7037 @end enumerate
7038
7039 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7040 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7041 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7042 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7043
7044 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7045 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7046
7047 @example
7048 int
7049 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7050 int *argc,
7051 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7052 @end example
7053
7054 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7055 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7056 still operates in the same basic way.
7057
7058 @subsection FOR command implementation
7059
7060 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7061 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7062
7063 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7064
7065 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7066
7067 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7068 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7069 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7070
7071 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7072 expression and returns a value.
7073
7074 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7075 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7076 @example
7077 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7078
7079 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7080
7081 int
7082 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7083 int argc,
7084 char **argv )
7085 @{
7086 if( argc != 5 )@{
7087 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7088 return ERROR;
7089 @}
7090
7091 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7092
7093 // Execute the start statement.
7094 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7095
7096 // Top of loop test
7097 for(;;)@{
7098 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7099 if( i == 0 )
7100 break;
7101
7102 // Execute the body
7103 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7104
7105 // Execute the LOOP part
7106 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7107 @}
7108
7109 // Return no error
7110 SetResult( interp, "" );
7111 return SUCCESS;
7112 @}
7113 @end example
7114
7115 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7116 in the same basic way.
7117
7118 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7119
7120 @subsection source and find commands
7121 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7122 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7123 @*Remember the parsing rules
7124 @enumerate
7125 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7126 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7127 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7128 substituted on the orginal command line.
7129 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7130 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7131 @end enumerate
7132 @subsection format command
7133 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7134 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7135 @b{sprintf()}.
7136 @b{Example}
7137 @example
7138 set x 6
7139 set y 7
7140 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7141 @end example
7142 @enumerate
7143 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7144 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7145 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7146 @* Refer to Rule #1
7147 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7148 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7149 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7150 @end enumerate
7151 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7152 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7153 @example
7154 #1 Good
7155 proc someproc @{@} @{
7156 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7157 @}
7158 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7159 #2 Good - no variables
7160 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7161 #3 Good Curly Braces
7162 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7163 puts "Time: [date]"
7164 @}
7165 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7166 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7167 @end example
7168 @enumerate
7169 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7170 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7171 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7172 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7173 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7174 command.
7175 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7176 @*There are 4 examples:
7177 @enumerate
7178 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7179 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7180 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7181 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7182 @end enumerate
7183
7184 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7185 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7186 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7187
7188 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7189 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7190 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7191 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7192 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7193 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7194 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7195 @end enumerate
7196 @subsection Global Variables
7197 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7198 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7199 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7200 @example
7201 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7202 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7203 global x #Global variable X
7204 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7205 @}
7206 @end example
7207 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7208 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7209 @example
7210 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7211 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7212 # Create var name
7213 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7214 # Make it a global
7215 global $vn
7216 # Set it.
7217 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7218 @}
7219 @end example
7220 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7221 @example
7222 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7223 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7224 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7225 @}
7226 @end example
7227
7228 @include fdl.texi
7229
7230 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7231 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7232 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7233 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7234 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7235 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7236
7237 @printindex cp
7238
7239 @node Command and Driver Index
7240 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7241 @printindex fn
7242
7243 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)